WO2018043150A1 - Colorant composition, planographic printing master plate, method of manufacturing planographic printing plate, and compound - Google Patents

Colorant composition, planographic printing master plate, method of manufacturing planographic printing plate, and compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018043150A1
WO2018043150A1 PCT/JP2017/029546 JP2017029546W WO2018043150A1 WO 2018043150 A1 WO2018043150 A1 WO 2018043150A1 JP 2017029546 W JP2017029546 W JP 2017029546W WO 2018043150 A1 WO2018043150 A1 WO 2018043150A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
formula
atom
ring structure
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/029546
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
健太 牛島
洋平 石地
和朗 榎本
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2018043150A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018043150A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C1/00Forme preparation
    • B41C1/10Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme
    • B41C1/1008Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme by removal or destruction of lithographic material on the lithographic support, e.g. by laser or spark ablation; by the use of materials rendered soluble or insoluble by heat exposure, e.g. by heat produced from a light to heat transforming system; by on-the-press exposure or on-the-press development, e.g. by the fountain of photolithographic materials
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B23/00Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C1/00Forme preparation
    • B41C1/10Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme
    • B41C1/1008Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme by removal or destruction of lithographic material on the lithographic support, e.g. by laser or spark ablation; by the use of materials rendered soluble or insoluble by heat exposure, e.g. by heat produced from a light to heat transforming system; by on-the-press exposure or on-the-press development, e.g. by the fountain of photolithographic materials
    • B41C1/1016Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme by removal or destruction of lithographic material on the lithographic support, e.g. by laser or spark ablation; by the use of materials rendered soluble or insoluble by heat exposure, e.g. by heat produced from a light to heat transforming system; by on-the-press exposure or on-the-press development, e.g. by the fountain of photolithographic materials characterised by structural details, e.g. protective layers, backcoat layers or several imaging layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2201/00Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes
    • B41C2201/02Cover layers; Protective layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2201/00Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes
    • B41C2201/12Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes characterised by non-macromolecular organic compounds
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/04Negative working, i.e. the non-exposed (non-imaged) areas are removed
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/08Developable by water or the fountain solution
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/22Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation characterised by organic non-macromolecular additives, e.g. dyes, UV-absorbers, plasticisers

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a coloring composition, a lithographic printing plate precursor, a method for preparing a lithographic printing plate, and a compound.
  • a lithographic printing plate is composed of an oleophilic image area that receives ink and a hydrophilic non-image area that receives dampening water in the printing process.
  • Lithographic printing utilizes the property that water and oil-based ink repel each other, so that the oleophilic image area of the lithographic printing plate is dampened with the ink receiving area and the hydrophilic non-image area is dampened with the water receiving area (ink non-receiving area). ), A difference in ink adhesion is caused on the surface of the lithographic printing plate, the ink is applied only to the image area, and then the ink is transferred to a printing medium such as paper for printing.
  • image exposure is performed by CTP (computer to plate) technology. That is, the image exposure is performed by scanning exposure or the like directly on the lithographic printing plate precursor using a laser or a laser diode without using a lith film.
  • CTP computer to plate
  • On-press development is a method in which, after image exposure of a lithographic printing plate precursor, conventional development processing is not carried out, but it is directly attached to a printing press and the non-image area of the image recording layer is removed at the initial stage of the normal printing process .
  • an operation is performed to inspect and identify an image on the lithographic printing plate to check whether the image is recorded as intended.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor with a normal development processing step generally gives a colored image by coloring the image recording layer and developing it, so that the image can be easily confirmed before attaching the printing plate to the printing press. it can.
  • an on-press development type or non-processing (no development) type lithographic printing plate precursor that does not involve a normal development processing step, an image on the lithographic printing plate precursor is confirmed at the stage of attaching the lithographic printing plate precursor to the printing press. It is difficult to perform plate inspection sufficiently.
  • on-machine development type or non-processed (no development) type lithographic printing plate precursor is formed with a means for confirming an image at the stage of exposure, that is, a so-called printout image in which the exposed area is colored or erased is formed. Is required. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of improving workability, it is also important to maintain the color developed or erased exposure area after the passage of time.
  • Patent Document 1 or 2 As conventional techniques, those described in Patent Document 1 or 2 are known.
  • the problem to be solved by one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition having excellent coloring properties.
  • the problem to be solved by another embodiment of the present invention is to provide a lithographic printing plate precursor excellent in plate inspection by color development and a method for preparing a lithographic printing plate using the lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • Another problem to be solved by another embodiment of the present invention is to provide a novel compound that can be suitably used as a color former.
  • a coloring composition comprising a compound represented by the following formula 1.
  • A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom
  • a + represents a ring structure containing N + , O + or S +
  • Each X independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and at least one of X is a nitrogen atom, and when X is a nitrogen atom, R 1 , R 2 or R 3 bonded to the nitrogen atom is present
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, the 2 or more of R 1 ⁇ R 3 may form a ring structure
  • A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom
  • Ar represents a ring structure containing N + , O + or S +
  • L represents —CH 2 —, —CHR a —, —C (R a ) 2 —, —NR a —, —O— or —S—
  • each R a independently represents a hydrocarbon group
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group
  • urethane representss a group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, and two or more R 1 to R 3 may combine to form
  • A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, one of the two A 1 represents N + , and the other represents a carbon atom.
  • L represents —CH 2 —, —CHR a —, —C (R a ) 2 —, —NR a —, —O— or —S—, and each R a independently represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group Represents a group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, and two or more R 1 to R 3 may combine to form a ring structure, and one or more of R 1 to R 3 and A , L or one or more R 4 to R 7 may combine with each other to form a ring structure, and R 4 to R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an acyl group, Represents a hydroxy group, an alkoxycarbon
  • A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, one of the two A 1 represents N + , and the other represents a carbon atom.
  • L represents —CH 2 —, —CHR a —, —C (R a ) 2 —, —NR a —, —O— or —S—, and each R a independently represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • R 4 to R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group, urethane Group, urea group, amide group, nitrile group, imino group, carboxylic acid group, sulfonic acid group or phosphoric acid group, and two or more R 4 to R 14 may be bonded to form a ring structure. or more of R 4 ⁇ 14 and the A or L may form a ring structure, Z is a counter ion for neutralizing a charge.
  • R 15 represents a hydrocarbon group
  • R 16 each independently represents a group represented by the following Formula 6, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group
  • a hydrogen atom represents a hydrocarbon group
  • an alkoxy group represents a hydrocarbon group
  • an aryloxy group represents an alkylthio group
  • an arylthio group Represents an acyl group, a hydroxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group, or an imino group
  • at least one of R 16 is represented by the following formula 6.
  • R 15 represents a hydrocarbon group
  • R 16 each independently represents a group represented by the following Formula 6, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group
  • a hydrogen atom represents a hydrocarbon group
  • an alkoxy group represents a hydrocarbon group
  • an aryloxy group represents an alkylthio group
  • an arylthio group Represents an acyl group, a hydroxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group, or an imino group
  • at least one of R 16 is represented by the following formula 6.
  • ⁇ 8> The color forming composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, further including a polymer.
  • ⁇ 9> The color forming composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, further including a polymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor having at least one layer containing the color forming composition according to any one of the above ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 10> on a support.
  • A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom
  • a + represents a ring structure containing N + , O + or S +
  • Each X independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and at least one of X is a nitrogen atom, and when X is a nitrogen atom, R 1 , R 2 or R 3 bonded to the nitrogen atom is present
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, the 2 or more of R 1 ⁇ R 3 may form a ring structure
  • a color forming composition having excellent color developability.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor having excellent plate inspection property by color development and a method for preparing a lithographic printing plate using the lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • a novel compound that can be suitably used as a color former can be provided.
  • xx to yy represents a numerical range including xx and yy.
  • (meth) acryl represents both and / or acryl and methacryl
  • (meth) acrylate” represents both and / or acrylate and methacrylate.
  • mass% and wt% are synonymous, and “part by mass” and “part by weight” are synonymous.
  • the combination of two or more preferable aspects is a more preferable aspect.
  • the above group when there is no substitution or no substitution, the above group can further have a substituent unless otherwise specified.
  • a group having a substituent is also included.
  • R represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group
  • R is an unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, an unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted aryl group, an unsubstituted group” Represents a heterocyclic group or a substituted heterocyclic group.
  • the term “process” is not only an independent process, but is included in this term if the intended purpose of the process is achieved even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes.
  • the color forming composition according to the present disclosure includes a compound represented by Formula 1. Moreover, the coloring composition according to the present disclosure can be suitably used as a heat-sensitive, infrared-sensitive, or heat-sensitive and infrared-sensitive coloring composition. Furthermore, the color forming composition according to the present disclosure can be suitably used for producing an image recording layer, a protective layer, or both an image recording layer and a protective layer of a lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom
  • a + represents a ring structure containing N + , O + or S +
  • Each X independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and at least one of X is a nitrogen atom, and when X is a nitrogen atom, R 1 , R 2 or R 3 bonded to the nitrogen atom is present
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, the 2 or more of R 1 ⁇ R 3 may form a ring structure
  • the compound represented by Formula 1 is a compound that is denatured or decomposed by exposure to heat or infrared rays to generate a color-forming compound.
  • color development means that there is almost no absorption in the visible light region (400 or more and less than 750 nm) before heating or infrared exposure, and there is a strong coloring after heating or infrared exposure, or the absorption becomes shorter in wavelength and visible light. Indicates that the region has absorption.
  • the infrared ray in the present disclosure has a wavelength of 750 nm to 1 mm, and preferably a wavelength of 750 nm to 1,400 nm.
  • N + , O + or S + cation structure in the conjugated chain so that N + in A + of Formula 1 is exposed by thermal or infrared exposure.
  • O + or S + in the vicinity of the chemical structure is denatured or decomposed, and the length of the conjugated chain between A + to A in Formula 1 and the electronic state change, whereby the absorption wavelength changes and the color develops.
  • the inventors have estimated.
  • the compound represented by Formula 1 has a decomposable group which couple
  • the decomposable group not only the coloring mechanism in the vicinity of the N + , O + or S + , but also the structure of the heteroatom by the decomposition of the decomposable group by heat or infrared exposure.
  • the present inventors presume that the electronic state changes, structurally and electronically affects the conjugated chain, the absorption wavelength changes, and the color development improves.
  • details of Formula 1 will be described.
  • a + in Formula 1 is preferably a ring structure having 3 to 20 carbon atoms including N + , O +, or S + .
  • a + preferably contains an aromatic ring structure.
  • a + preferably contains N + from the viewpoint of color developability, more preferably has at least one 5-membered or 6-membered ring structure containing N +, and a pyridinium ring structure It is particularly preferred that Further, the group on the nitrogen atom in the pyridinium ring structure preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. It is particularly preferable to have the following hydrocarbon group.
  • a in Formula 1 is preferably a ring structure having 3 to 20 carbon atoms including N, O, or S. Further, A preferably contains N from the viewpoint of color developability, more preferably has at least one 5-membered ring or 6-membered ring structure containing N, and a 6-membered ring containing N A structure is particularly preferred. At least one of X in Formula 1 is a nitrogen atom. Since at least one is a nitrogen atom, the color developability is excellent. Further, from the viewpoint of color developability, X that is directly bonded to A + is preferably a nitrogen atom. Further, from the viewpoint of color developability, at least two of X are preferably nitrogen atoms. In Expression 1, since the bonds of the nitrogen atom is a 3, X may be nitrogen atom, R 1, R 2 or R 3 which binds to the nitrogen atom and are not present.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 in formula 1 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group , Urethane group, urea group, amide group, nitrile group or imino group, and at least one of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 is a hydrogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio A group, an arylthio group, an amino group, or an anilino group is more preferable.
  • R 1, R 2 and R 3 are preferably form a ring structure, at least two of R 1, R 2 and R 3 can form a ring structure More preferred.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently preferably a group having 0 to 60 carbon atoms, more preferably a group having 0 to 40 carbon atoms, and a group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms. It is particularly preferred.
  • alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group, urethane group, urea group, amide group and imino group in R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are 1 You may have the above substituent.
  • Substituents include halogen atoms, hydrocarbon groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, alkylthio groups, arylthio groups, acyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, acyloxy groups, amino groups, urethane groups, urea groups, amide groups, nitrile groups, imino groups. Group and pyridinium group.
  • the urethane group is preferably —NR N —CO—OR X or —O—CO—NR N R X
  • the urea group is —NR N —CO—NR N R X
  • the imino group is preferably —N ⁇ C (R X ) 2 . Note that each R N independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R X independently represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • N in Formula 1 is preferably an integer of 2 to 6, more preferably an integer of 3 to 6, and particularly preferably 4 or 5.
  • Z in Formula 1 represents a counter ion for neutralizing the charge, but the compound represented by Formula 1 has a corresponding ionic substituent in its structure, and charge neutralization is not necessary Does not have to exist.
  • Z is an anion, halide ion, sulfonate ion, carboxylate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, p-toluenesulfonate ion, p-chlorobenzenesulfonate ion, or perchlorate ion is preferable, and halide Ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, or p-toluenesulfonate ions are more preferable, and hexafluorophosphate ions are still more preferable.
  • an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth metal ion, an ammonium ion, a pyridinium ion, or a sulfonium ion is preferable, a sodium ion, a potassium ion, an ammonium ion, a pyridinium ion, or a sulfonium ion is more preferable, and sodium Ions, potassium ions, or ammonium ions are more preferable.
  • the compound represented by Formula 1 preferably has a decomposable group that is bonded to a conjugated chain via a heteroatom from the viewpoints of color developability and color retention after time, and R 1 , R 2 And R 3 more preferably has a decomposable group bonded to the conjugated chain via a hetero atom.
  • R 1 , R 2 And R 3 more preferably has a decomposable group bonded to the conjugated chain via a hetero atom.
  • the hetero atom in the decomposable group bonded to the conjugated chain via the hetero atom an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom is preferably mentioned from the viewpoint of color developability and decomposability, and the oxygen atom is particularly preferable.
  • the decomposable group bonded to the conjugated chain through the heteroatom is preferably a group having a pyridinium structure, more preferably a group represented by the following formula 5, and represented by the following formula D. Particularly preferred is a group.
  • R 15 represents a hydrocarbon group
  • R 16 each independently represents a group represented by the following Formula 6, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group
  • a hydrogen atom represents a hydrocarbon group
  • an alkoxy group represents a hydrocarbon group
  • an aryloxy group represents an alkylthio group
  • an arylthio group Represents an acyl group, a hydroxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group, or an imino group
  • at least one of R 16 is represented by the following formula 6.
  • R 15 in Formula 5 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a linear alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. More preferred is a methyl group.
  • R 16 in Formula 5 it is preferable that one of R 16 is a group represented by Formula 6 above.
  • R 16 in Formula 5 is preferably independently a group represented by Formula 6 above, a hydrogen atom, or a hydrocarbon group, and is a group represented by Formula 6 above or a hydrogen atom. It is more preferable.
  • an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom is mentioned preferably from a coloring property and a decomposable viewpoint, An oxygen atom is especially preferable.
  • R D1 represents an alkyl group
  • R D2 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • Z D represents a counter ion that neutralizes charge
  • the bonding position between the pyridinium ring in Formula D and the hydrocarbon group containing R D2 is preferably the 3rd or 4th position of the pyridinium ring, and more preferably the 4th position of the pyridinium ring.
  • the alkyl groups in R D1 and R D2 in Formula D may be linear, branched, or have a ring structure.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, and preferred examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group and a terminal alkoxy polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • R D1 in Formula D is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a linear alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. More preferred is a methyl group.
  • R D2 in Formula D is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms. It is more preferable that it is an isopropyl group or a t-butyl group.
  • Z D in formula D may be any counterion for neutralizing the electric charge, also the Z and the above Z D are the same, i.e., the Z D in Formula 1 may exist as the Z .
  • Z D is preferably a sulfonate ion, a carboxylate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a p-toluenesulfonate ion, or a perchlorate ion, and a p-toluenesulfonate ion, or More preferably, it is a hexafluorophosphate ion.
  • the compound represented by Formula 1 contained in the coloring composition according to the present disclosure is preferably a compound represented by Formula 2 from the viewpoint of color developability.
  • A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom
  • Ar represents a ring structure containing N + , O + or S +
  • L represents —CH 2 —, —CHR a —, —C (R a ) 2 —, —NR a —, —O— or —S—
  • each R a independently represents a hydrocarbon group
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group
  • urethane representss a group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, and two or more R 1 to R 3 may combine to form
  • A, n, and Z in Formula 2 are the same as A, n, and Z in Formula 1, respectively, and the preferred embodiments are also the same. Further, each of R 1, R 2 and R 3 in Formula 2, except that which may form one or more R 1 ⁇ R 3 and L or Ar and is bonded to a ring structure, R 1 in Formula 1 , R 2 and R 3 , and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Ar in Formula 2 is preferably a ring structure having 3 to 20 carbon atoms including any of N + , O + , and S + . Ar preferably includes an aromatic ring structure.
  • Ar preferably contains N + from the viewpoint of color developability, more preferably contains at least one 6-membered ring structure containing N +, and particularly preferably a pyridinium ring structure.
  • L in Formula 2 is preferably —CH 2 —, —CHR a —, —C (R a ) 2 —, —O—, or —S—, and —C (R a ) 2 —, —O -Or -S- is more preferable, and -C (R a ) 2- or -O- is particularly preferable.
  • R a in Formula 2 is preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Is particularly preferred.
  • the compound represented by Formula 1 contained in the coloring composition according to the present disclosure is more preferably a compound represented by Formula 3 from the viewpoint of color developability.
  • A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, one of the two A 1 represents N + , and the other represents a carbon atom.
  • L represents —CH 2 —, —CHR a —, —C (R a ) 2 —, —NR a —, —O— or —S—, and each R a independently represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group Represents a group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, and two or more R 1 to R 3 may combine to form a ring structure, and one or more of R 1 to R 3 and A , L or one or more R 4 to R 7 may combine with each other to form a ring structure, and R 4 to R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an acyl group, Represents a hydroxy group, an alkoxycarbon
  • A, n, and Z in Formula 3 are the same as A, n, and Z in Formula 1, respectively, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • R 1, R 2 and R 3, except that which may form one or more R 1 ⁇ R 3 and L or one or more R 4 ⁇ R 7 are bonded to the ring structure in Formula 3 Is synonymous with R 1 , R 2 and R 3 in Formula 1, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • One of the two A 1 in Formula 3 represents N +, the other represents a carbon atom, it is preferable A 1 where R 4 is bound is N +.
  • R 4 to R 7 in Formula 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group , Anilino group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, nitrile group or imino group, preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, an anilino group.
  • a group, a urethane group, a urea group, or an amide group is more preferable.
  • two or more R 4 to R 7 are preferably bonded to form a ring structure.
  • the compound represented by Formula 1 contained in the coloring composition according to the present disclosure is more preferably a compound represented by Formula 4 from the viewpoint of color developability.
  • A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, one of the two A 1 represents N + , and the other represents a carbon atom.
  • L represents —CH 2 —, —CHR a —, —C (R a ) 2 —, —NR a —, —O— or —S—, and each R a independently represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • R 4 to R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group, urethane Group, urea group, amide group, nitrile group, imino group, carboxylic acid group, sulfonic acid group or phosphoric acid group, and two or more R 4 to R 14 may be bonded to form a ring structure. or more of R 4 ⁇ 14 and the A or L may form a ring structure, Z is a counter ion for neutralizing a charge.
  • a and Z in Formula 4 have the same meanings as A and Z in Formula 1, respectively, and preferred embodiments are also the same. Further, each of A 1, L and R a in Formula 4, has the same meaning as A 1, L and R a in Formula 3, preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • R 8 to R 14 in Formula 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group, urethane group , Urea group, amide group, nitrile group, or imino group, hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy It is more preferably a group or an amino group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, or an amino group.
  • R 4 to R 14 are preferably bonded to form a ring structure, and R 10 and R 12 are bonded to form a ring structure. More preferred.
  • the ring structure formed by combining R 10 and R 12 is preferably a ring structure having at least one 5- or 6-membered ring structure from the viewpoint of color development, and preferably has at least one 5-membered ring structure. It is more preferable that the ring structure has one or more.
  • R 11 in Formula 4 is preferably a group represented by Formula 5 from the viewpoint of color developability.
  • TsO ⁇ represents a tosylate anion
  • the compound represented by Formula 1 may be used individually by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the compound represented by Formula 1 is preferably 0.1 to 95% by mass, more preferably 1 to 50% by mass, based on the total solid content of the color forming composition. More preferable is 40 mass%.
  • the total solid content in the present disclosure is the total amount of components excluding volatile components such as a solvent in the composition.
  • the compound represented by Formula 1 can be synthesized by applying a known method. For example, after synthesizing 2,3,3-trimethyl-3H-pyrrolo [2,3-b] pyridine by the method described in JP-A-2006-299230, the method described in International Publication No. 2016/027886 is used. It can be synthesized by dyeing and substitution reaction at the meso position.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a polymer from the viewpoints of coatability and film formability.
  • the type of polymer is not particularly limited as long as it is a known polymer, but a film-forming polymer, a microgel described later, or a polymer particle described later is preferably exemplified.
  • the film-forming polymer include (meth) acrylic resin, polyurethane, polyester, polyamide, polyether, polycarbonate, polyurea, polyolefin, vinyl resin, polyamine and the like.
  • the polymer used in the coloring composition may be added after being dissolved in the composition, or may be added as a polymer dispersion such as a microgel described later or polymer particles described later.
  • the polymer added by dissolving in the composition is preferably a (meth) acrylic resin, polyurethane, polyester, or vinyl resin, and the microgel or polymer particle dispersion is a (meth) acrylic resin, polyurethane, polyamide, polyurea, polyolefin, Vinyl resin is preferred.
  • the polymer suitable for the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor is preferably a (meth) acrylic resin, polyurethane, polyester or vinyl resin, more preferably a (meth) acrylic resin or polyurethane. preferable.
  • a polymer having an alkylene oxide chain is particularly preferable.
  • the polymer having an alkylene oxide chain may have a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the main chain or a side chain.
  • poly (alkylene oxide) in the side chain may be a graft polymer having poly (alkylene oxide) in the side chain, or a block copolymer of a block composed of poly (alkylene oxide) -containing repeating units and a block composed of (alkylene oxide) -free repeating units.
  • Polyurethane is preferred when it has a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the main chain.
  • the main chain polymer with a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the side chain is (meth) acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal, polyurethane, polyurea, polyimide, polyamide, epoxy resin, polystyrene, novolac phenolic resin, polyester, synthesis Examples thereof include rubber and natural rubber, and (meth) acrylic resin is particularly preferable.
  • alkylene oxide an alkylene oxide having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and ethylene oxide or propylene oxide is particularly preferable.
  • the repeating number of alkylene oxide at the poly (alkylene oxide) site is preferably 2 to 120, more preferably 2 to 70, and still more preferably 2 to 50. If the repeating number of alkylene oxide is 120 or less, a decrease in film strength is suppressed.
  • the poly (alkylene oxide) moiety is preferably contained as a side chain of the polymer in a structure represented by the following formula (AO), and is represented by the following formula (AO) as a side chain of the (meth) acrylic resin. More preferably, it is contained in a structure.
  • y represents 2 to 120
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, n- Examples include a hexyl group, an isohexyl group, a 1,1-dimethylbutyl group, a 2,2-dimethylbutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
  • y is preferably 2 to 70, more preferably 2 to 50.
  • R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 2 is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the polymer preferably has crosslinkability in order to improve the film strength of the layer.
  • a crosslinkable group such as an ethylenically unsaturated bond may be introduced to impart photocrosslinkability, or thermoplasticity may be imparted to impart thermal crosslinkability.
  • the crosslinkable group can be introduced into either the main chain or the side chain of the polymer, and examples thereof include a method of introducing by copolymerization and a method of introducing by polymerization after polymerization.
  • thermoplasticity the glass transition temperature of the polymer may be adjusted.
  • the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the main chain include polybutadiene and polyisoprene.
  • Examples of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain include a polymer having a (meth) acrylate group, a (meth) acrylamide group, a vinyl group, or an allyl group in the side chain.
  • a method for adjusting the glass transition temperature the composition of the monomer to be copolymerized and the molecular weight of the polymer can be changed and adjusted.
  • the content of the crosslinkable group in the polymer is preferably 0.1 to 10.0 mmol per 1 g of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of film strength. 0.0 to 7.0 mmol is more preferable, and 2.0 to 5.5 mmol is particularly preferable.
  • a numerical value written together with each repeating unit represents a mole percentage of the repeating unit.
  • the numerical value written together with the repeating unit of the side chain indicates the number of repeating parts. Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 2,000 or more, preferably 5,000 or more, as a polystyrene conversion value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). More preferably, it is 10,000 to 300,000.
  • the oligomer is Mw 800 or more and less than 2,000, and the polymer is Mw 2,000 or more.
  • hydrophilic polymers such as polyacrylic acid and polyvinyl alcohol described in JP-A-2008-195018 can be used in combination. Further, a lipophilic polymer and a hydrophilic polymer can be used in combination.
  • the polymers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the polymer can be contained in the coloring composition in any amount.
  • the content of the polymer can be appropriately selected depending on the use of the color forming composition, but is preferably 1 to 90% by mass, and more preferably 5 to 80% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the color forming composition.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a polymerization initiator.
  • the polymerization initiator used in the coloring composition is a compound that generates polymerization initiation species such as radicals and cations by energy of light, heat, or both, and has a known thermal polymerization initiator and a bond with small bond dissociation energy. It can be appropriately selected from compounds, photopolymerization initiators, and the like.
  • a polymerization initiator an infrared photosensitive polymerization initiator is preferable.
  • a radical polymerization initiator is preferable.
  • radical polymerization initiator examples include (a) an organic halide, (b) a carbonyl compound, (c) an azo compound, (d) an organic peroxide, (e) a metallocene compound, (f) an azide compound, (g ) Hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, (h) disulfone compounds, (i) oxime ester compounds, and (j) onium salt compounds.
  • (a) organic halide for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0023 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • (b) carbonyl compound for example, compounds described in paragraph 0024 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • (c) azo compounds include the azo compounds described in JP-A-8-108621.
  • (d) organic peroxide for example, compounds described in paragraph 0025 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • (e) metallocene compound for example, compounds described in paragraph 0026 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferred.
  • Examples of (f) an azide compound include compounds such as 2,6-bis (4-azidobenzylidene) -4-methylcyclohexanone.
  • Examples of (h) disulfone compounds include compounds described in JP-A Nos. 61-166544 and 2002-328465.
  • Examples of the oxime ester compound for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0028 to 0030 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • oxime ester compounds and onium salts are more preferable, and onium salts such as iodonium salts, sulfonium salts, and azinium salts are more preferable.
  • onium salts such as iodonium salts, sulfonium salts, and azinium salts are more preferable.
  • iodonium salts and sulfonium salts are particularly preferred. Specific examples of the iodonium salt and the sulfonium salt are shown below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
  • a diphenyl iodonium salt is preferable, and a diphenyl iodonium salt having an electron donating group as a substituent, for example, substituted with an alkyl group or an alkoxyl group is preferable, and an asymmetric diphenyl iodonium salt is also preferable. preferable.
  • diphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphate
  • 4-methoxyphenyl-4- (2-methylpropyl) phenyliodonium hexafluorophosphate
  • 4- (2-methylpropyl) phenyl-p-tolyliodonium hexa Fluorophosphate
  • 4-hexyloxyphenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphate
  • 4-hexyloxyphenyl-2,4-diethoxyphenyliodonium tetrafluoroborate
  • 4-octyloxy Phenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium 1-perfluorobutanesulfonate
  • 4-octyloxyphenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphate
  • Scan 4-t-t- butylphenyl) iodonium
  • a triarylsulfonium salt is preferable, and in particular, a triarylsulfonium salt having an electron withdrawing group as a substituent, for example, at least a part of the group on the aromatic ring is substituted with a halogen atom is preferable.
  • triphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate
  • triphenylsulfonium benzoylformate
  • bis (4-chlorophenyl) phenylsulfonium benzoylformate
  • bis (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methylphenylsulfonium tetrafluoro.
  • a polymerization initiator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.8 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the color forming composition. .
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a polymerizable compound.
  • the color forming composition according to the present disclosure containing a polymerizable compound is preferably a curable color forming composition having a polymerization curing function in addition to the color formation by application of heat and infrared exposure.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure can be suitably used as a curable composition containing a polymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of curability, and as an infrared curable and infrared photosensitive coloring composition. It can be used more suitably.
  • the polymerizable compound used in the coloring composition may be, for example, a radical polymerizable compound or a cationic polymerizable compound, but an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond (ethylene A unsaturated unsaturated compound).
  • ethylene A unsaturated unsaturated compound ethylene A unsaturated unsaturated compound.
  • a compound having at least one terminal ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferable, and a compound having two or more terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds is more preferable.
  • the polymerizable compound can have a chemical form such as a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer or an oligomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • Examples of monomers include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid), esters thereof, and amides.
  • esters of unsaturated carboxylic acid and polyhydric alcohol compound, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acid and polyvalent amine compound are used.
  • an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxy group, an amino group or a mercapto group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy, and a monofunctional or A dehydration condensation reaction product with a polyfunctional carboxylic acid is also preferably used.
  • an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group and an addition reaction product of a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol, further a halogen atom A substitution reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a leaving substituent such as a tosyloxy group and a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol is also suitable.
  • a compound group in which the unsaturated carboxylic acid is replaced with unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene, vinyl ether, or the like can be used.
  • JP-T-2006-508380 JP-A-2002-287344, JP-A-2008-256850, JP-A-2001-342222, JP-A-9-179296, JP-A-9-179297. JP, 9-179298, JP 2004-294935, JP 2006-243493, JP 2002-275129, JP 2003-64130, JP 2003-280187, It is described in JP-A-10-333321.
  • monomers of esters of polyhydric alcohol compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include acrylic acid esters such as ethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, tetramethylene glycol diacrylate, propylene glycol diacrylate, Examples include trimethylolpropane triacrylate, hexanediol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, sorbitol triacrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide (EO) -modified triacrylate, and polyester acrylate oligomer.
  • acrylic acid esters such as ethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, tetramethylene glycol diacrylate, propylene glycol diacrylate
  • Examples include trimethylolpropane triacrylate, hexanediol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaery
  • Methacrylic acid esters include tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, bis [p- (3-methacryloxy-2-hydroxypropoxy) phenyl] Examples thereof include dimethylmethane and bis [p- (methacryloxyethoxy) phenyl] dimethylmethane.
  • amide monomers of polyamine compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include methylene bisacrylamide, methylene bismethacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bisacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bismethacrylamide, Examples include diethylenetriamine trisacrylamide, xylylene bisacrylamide, and xylylene bismethacrylamide.
  • urethane-based addition-polymerizable compounds produced by the addition reaction of isocyanate and hydroxy groups.
  • Specific examples thereof include, for example, one molecule described in JP-B-48-41708.
  • a urethane compound etc. are mentioned.
  • R M4 and R M5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • Urethane compounds having an oxide skeleton, urethane compounds having a hydrophilic group described in US Pat. No. 7,153,632, JP-A-8-505958, JP-A-2007-293221, and JP-A-2007-293223 Are also suitable.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 5 to 75% by mass, more preferably 10 to 70% by mass, and particularly preferably 15 to 60% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the color forming composition.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a radical generation aid.
  • the radical generation aid contributes to the improvement of the printing durability in the lithographic printing plate when the color forming composition is used in the image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • Examples of radical generation aids include the following five types.
  • (Ii) Aminoacetic acid compound It is considered that a C—X bond on carbon adjacent to nitrogen is cleaved by oxidation to generate an active radical.
  • X is preferably a hydrogen atom, a carboxy group, a trimethylsilyl group or a benzyl group.
  • Specific examples include N-phenylglycines (which may have a substituent on the phenyl group), N-phenyliminodiacetic acid (which may have a substituent on the phenyl group), and the like. It is done.
  • Sulfur-containing compound A compound in which the nitrogen atom of the aminoacetic acid compound described above is replaced with a sulfur atom can generate an active radical by the same action.
  • Specific examples include phenylthioacetic acid (which may have a substituent on the phenyl group).
  • Tin-containing compound A compound in which the nitrogen atom of the above-mentioned aminoacetic acid compound is replaced with a tin atom can generate an active radical by the same action.
  • Sulfinic acid salts Active radicals can be generated by oxidation. Specific examples include sodium arylsulfinate.
  • the color forming composition preferably contains a borate compound.
  • a borate compound a tetraarylborate compound or a monoalkyltriarylborate compound is preferable. From the viewpoint of stability of the compound and a potential difference described later, a tetraarylborate compound is more preferable, and from the viewpoint of a potential difference described later, an electron withdrawing property.
  • a tetraaryl borate compound having one or more aryl groups having a group is particularly preferable.
  • the electron withdrawing group is preferably a group having a positive Hammett's ⁇ value, and more preferably a group having a Hammett's ⁇ value of 0 to 1.2.
  • a halogen atom, a trifluoromethyl group or a cyano group is preferable, and a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a trifluoromethyl group or a cyano group is more preferable.
  • the counter cation possessed by the borate compound is preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetraalkylammonium ion, more preferably a sodium ion, a potassium ion or a tetrabutylammonium ion.
  • the potential difference ⁇ G2 between the highest occupied orbit (HOMO) of the compound represented by the formula 1 and the highest occupied orbit of the borate compound ( ⁇ G2 expressed by the above formula (1)).
  • HOMO-borate compound HOMO is preferably 0.500 eV or more, more preferably 0.585 eV or more, particularly preferably 0.608 eV or more and 1.000 eV or less.
  • the borate other than at the time of heat or infrared exposure
  • electron transfer occurs from the HOMO of the borate compound to the HOMO of the compound represented by the above formula 1 at the time of heat or infrared exposure, so that the lowest empty orbit of the compound represented by the above formula 1 It is considered that the excitation to (LUMO) is promoted and the decomposition of the compound represented by Formula 1 is promoted.
  • the electron transfer from the compound represented by the above formula 1 to the polymerization initiator is promoted, and when the color forming composition is used for the image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor, it contributes to the improvement of printing durability in the lithographic printing plate. I think that.
  • Calculation of HOMO and LUMO of the compound represented by Formula 1 is performed by the following method. First, the counter anion in the compound to be calculated is ignored.
  • the structure optimization is performed by DFT (B3LYP / 6-31G (d)) using quantum chemistry calculation software Gaussian09.
  • the MO energy Epre (unit: hartree) obtained by the MO energy calculation is converted into Eaft (unit: eV) used as values of HOMO and LUMO in the present disclosure by the following formula.
  • Eaft 0.823168 ⁇ 27.2114 ⁇ Epre ⁇ 1.07634
  • 27.2114 is a coefficient for simply converting heartree to eV
  • 0.823168 and -1.07634 are adjustment coefficients
  • HOMO and LUMO of the compound to be calculated are calculated values. It was decided to suit.
  • X c + represents a monovalent cation, preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetraalkylammonium ion, and more preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetrabutylammonium ion.
  • Bu represents an n-butyl group.
  • radical generation aid Only one type of radical generation aid may be added, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the content of the radical generation aid is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 25% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the color forming composition. .
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a chain transfer agent.
  • the chain transfer agent contributes to the improvement of the printing durability in the lithographic printing plate when the color forming composition is used for the image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • a thiol compound is preferable, a thiol compound having 7 or more carbon atoms is more preferable from the viewpoint of boiling point (difficult to volatilize), and a compound having a mercapto group on an aromatic ring (aromatic thiol compound) is more preferable.
  • the thiol compound is preferably a monofunctional thiol compound.
  • chain transfer agent examples include the following compounds.
  • a chain transfer agent may add only 1 type or may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 40% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the color forming composition.
  • the color forming composition according to the present disclosure may contain an infrared absorber.
  • an infrared absorber By containing an infrared absorber, the coloring composition according to the present disclosure can be more suitably used as an infrared photosensitive coloring composition. Moreover, even if it is a case where the coloring composition which concerns on this indication is used as a heat-sensitive coloring composition, it may contain the infrared absorber.
  • An infrared absorber is a compound having a function of converting absorbed infrared rays into heat. Further, the infrared absorber may have a function of transferring electrons or transferring energy to a polymerization initiator or the like to be described later when excited by infrared rays.
  • the infrared absorber preferably has a maximum absorption in a wavelength region of 750 to 1,400 nm. As the infrared absorber, a dye or a pigment is preferably used.
  • dyes such as azo dyes, metal complex azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, metal thiolate complexes Is mentioned.
  • dyes such as azo dyes, metal complex azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, metal thiolate complexes Is mentioned.
  • cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, and pyrylium salts are preferable.
  • cyanine dyes are preferable
  • cyanine dyes include compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0019 of JP-A-2001-133969, paragraphs 0016 to 0021 of JP-A-2002-023360, paragraphs 0012 to 0037 of JP-A-2002-040638.
  • Compounds described in JP-A-2002-278057, preferably paragraphs 0034 to 0041 of JP-A-2002-278057, JP-A-2008-195018, paragraphs 0080 to 0086, particularly preferably JP-A-2007-90850, paragraph 0035 To 0043 are mentioned.
  • the infrared absorber can be contained in an arbitrary amount in the coloring composition.
  • the content of the infrared absorber is preferably 0.05 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the color forming composition. More preferably, it is 2 to 10% by mass.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain additives other than those described above (for example, a surfactant) as necessary.
  • Each component contained in the coloring composition according to the present disclosure is dissolved or dispersed in an appropriate solvent to prepare a coating solution, and the coating solution is applied to a support and dried to form a coloring composition film.
  • a known solvent can be used as the solvent.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure can be used for heat-sensitive coloring materials, infrared-sensitive coloring materials, and the like.
  • Thermosensitive coloring materials can be widely used as thermal recording media such as tickets and receipts in facsimile machines, computer terminal printers, automatic ticket vending machines, measurement recorders, supermarkets and convenience store cash registers.
  • the color forming composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used for an image forming material.
  • image forming materials include lithographic printing plate precursors, printed wiring boards, color filters, photomasks, and other image forming materials that use color development by image exposure, and image forming materials that use color development and polymerization curing.
  • the image forming material using the color forming composition according to the present disclosure forms a color image by being exposed to heat or a light source that emits infrared rays.
  • known heating means can be used, and examples thereof include a heater, an oven, a hot plate, an infrared lamp, and an infrared laser.
  • light sources that emit infrared light include solid-state lasers and semiconductor lasers that emit infrared light.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure preferably has at least one layer containing the color forming composition according to the present disclosure on a support.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure can be used for any of the undercoat layer, the image recording layer, and the protective layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor, but is particularly preferably used for the image recording layer.
  • the type of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkali developing type and an on-press developing type, and an on-press developing type is particularly preferable.
  • an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor in which the characteristics of the color forming composition according to the present disclosure are remarkably exhibited will be described as an example.
  • the image recording layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor is required to have developability and printability.
  • the coloring composition preferably contains the compound represented by Formula 1 and the polymer.
  • the above-mentioned polymer for film formation is preferably used as the polymer.
  • the color forming composition used for the image recording layer preferably further contains a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator, and further contains a radical generation aid and a chain transfer agent alone or in combination. Is more preferable.
  • the coloring composition used for the image recording layer further contains microgel or polymer particles.
  • the image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure preferably contains each component contained in the color forming composition.
  • Each of the compounds represented by Formula 1 contained in the image recording layer such as a polymer (for example, a film-forming polymer, microgel, polymer particles, etc.), a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, a radical generation aid, a chain transfer agent, etc.
  • a polymer for example, a film-forming polymer, microgel, polymer particles, etc.
  • a polymerizable compound for example, a film-forming polymer, microgel, polymer particles, etc.
  • a radical generation aid for example, a radical generation aid
  • a chain transfer agent a radical generation aid
  • the image recording layer may further contain a low molecular weight hydrophilic compound, a sensitizer, a solvent, and other components in addition to the above-described components.
  • the image recording layer may contain microgel and / or polymer particles.
  • the microgel and polymer particles are preferably crosslinked, melted, or both caused by light or heat generated by infrared irradiation, or changed to hydrophobicity.
  • the microgel and polymer particles are preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of non-crosslinkable microgels, crosslinkable microgels, thermoplastic polymer particles, thermally reactive polymer particles, and polymer particles having a polymerizable group. These may have a core-shell structure and may contain other compounds.
  • Thermoplastic polymer particles include Research Disclosure No. 1 of January 1992. Preferred examples include polymer particles described in Japanese Patent No. 33303, JP-A-9-123387, JP-A-9-131850, JP-A-9-171249, JP-A-9-171250 and European Patent 931647. Specific examples of the polymer constituting the thermoplastic polymer particles include ethylene, styrene, vinyl chloride, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, vinylidene chloride, acrylonitrile, vinyl carbazole, and polyalkylene structures.
  • polystyrene, a copolymer containing styrene and acrylonitrile, and polymethyl methacrylate are used.
  • thermally reactive polymer particles examples include polymer particles having a thermally reactive group.
  • the polymer particles having a thermoreactive group form a hydrophobized region by crosslinking by a thermal reaction and a functional group change at that time.
  • thermoreactive group in the polymer particles having a thermoreactive group may be any functional group that performs any reaction as long as a chemical bond is formed, and is preferably a polymerizable group.
  • examples include ethylenically unsaturated groups that undergo radical polymerization reactions (eg, acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, vinyl groups, allyl groups, etc.), cationic polymerizable groups (eg, vinyl groups, vinyloxy groups, epoxy groups, oxetanyl groups).
  • Etc. isocyanato group that performs an addition reaction or a block thereof, an epoxy group, a vinyloxy group, and a functional group having an active hydrogen atom that is a reaction partner thereof (for example, an amino group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, etc.), a condensation reaction Preferred examples include a carboxyl group to be performed and a hydroxy group or amino group which is a reaction partner, an acid anhydride which performs a ring-opening addition reaction, and an amino group or hydroxy group which is a reaction partner.
  • microcapsule examples include those in which all or part of the constituent components of the image recording layer are encapsulated in the microcapsule as described in JP-A Nos. 2001-277740 and 2001-277742.
  • the constituent components of the image recording layer can also be contained outside the microcapsules.
  • the image recording layer containing microcapsules is preferably a mode in which hydrophobic constituent components are encapsulated in microcapsules and hydrophilic constituent components are contained outside the microcapsules.
  • the microgel can contain a part of the constituent components of the image recording layer in at least one of the inside and the surface thereof.
  • a reactive microgel is formed by having a radical polymerizable group on the surface thereof is preferable from the viewpoint of image forming sensitivity and printing durability.
  • the constituent components of the image recording layer a known method can be used.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure contains a polymer in the form of microcapsules, microgels or polymer particles
  • the average primary particle diameter of the microcapsules, microgels or polymer particles is preferably 10 to 1,000 nm. 20 to 300 nm is more preferable, and 30 to 120 nm is still more preferable.
  • the average primary particle diameter of each particle in the present disclosure is measured by a light scattering method, or an electron micrograph of the particle is taken, and a total of 5,000 particle diameters are measured on the photograph. The value shall be calculated.
  • the particle size of spherical particles having the same particle area as that on the photograph is used as the particle size.
  • the content of the microgel or polymer particles is preferably 5 to 90% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the image recording layer.
  • the image recording layer may contain a low molecular weight hydrophilic compound in order to improve the on-press developability without reducing the printing durability.
  • the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound is preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 1,000, more preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 800, and still more preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 500.
  • the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound for example, as the water-soluble organic compound, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol and the like glycols and ether or ester derivatives thereof, glycerin, Polyols such as pentaerythritol and tris (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate, organic amines such as triethanolamine, diethanolamine and monoethanolamine and salts thereof, organic sulfones such as alkylsulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid Acids and salts thereof, organic sulfamic acids such as alkylsulfamic acid and salts thereof, organic sulfuric acids such as alkylsulfuric acid and alkylethersulfuric acid and salts thereof, phenylphosphonic acid Organic phosphonic acids and salts thereof, tartaric acid, o
  • the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound it is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of polyols, organic sulfates, organic sulfonates, and betaines.
  • organic sulfonates include alkyl sulfonates such as sodium n-butyl sulfonate, sodium n-hexyl sulfonate, sodium 2-ethylhexyl sulfonate, sodium cyclohexyl sulfonate, sodium n-octyl sulfonate; 5 , 8,11-Trioxapentadecane-1-sulfonic acid sodium salt, 5,8,11-trioxaheptadecane-1-sulfonic acid sodium salt, 13-ethyl-5,8,11-trioxaheptadecane-1-sulfone Alkyl sulfonates containing ethylene oxide chains such as sodium acid, sodium 5,8,11,14-tetraoxatetracosane-1-sulfonate; sodium benzenesulfonate, sodium p-toluenesulfonate, p-hydroxybenzen
  • organic sulfates examples include polyethylene oxide alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, or heterocyclic monoether sulfates.
  • the number of ethylene oxide units is preferably 1 to 4, and the salt is preferably a sodium salt, potassium salt or lithium salt. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0038 of JP-A-2007-276454.
  • the betaines are preferably compounds in which the hydrocarbon substituent on the nitrogen atom has 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Specific examples include trimethylammonium acetate, dimethylpropylammonium acetate, 3-hydroxy-4-trimethylammonium. Obtylate, 4- (1-pyridinio) butyrate, 1-hydroxyethyl-1-imidazolioacetate, trimethylammonium methanesulfonate, dimethylpropylammonium methanesulfonate, 3-trimethylammonio-1-propanesulfonate, 3 -(1-pyridinio) -1-propanesulfonate and the like.
  • a low molecular weight hydrophilic compound has a small hydrophobic part structure and almost no surface activity, so that dampening water penetrates into the exposed part of the image recording layer (image part) and decreases the hydrophobicity and film strength of the image part.
  • the ink receptivity and printing durability of the image recording layer can be maintained satisfactorily.
  • the content of the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound is preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 15% by mass, and still more preferably 2 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the image recording layer. Within the above range, good on-press developability and printing durability can be obtained.
  • a low molecular weight hydrophilic compound may be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types may be mixed and used for it.
  • the image recording layer may contain a sensitizing agent such as a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, or an ammonium group-containing polymer in order to improve the inking property.
  • a sensitizing agent such as a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, or an ammonium group-containing polymer in order to improve the inking property.
  • these compounds function as a surface coating agent for the inorganic layered compound, and can suppress a decrease in the inking property during printing by the inorganic layered compound.
  • the sensitizer it is preferable to use a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, and an ammonium group-containing polymer in combination, and use a phosphonium compound, a quaternary ammonium salt, and an ammonium group-containing polymer in combination. Is more preferable.
  • nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compounds examples include amine salts and quaternary ammonium salts. Also included are imidazolinium salts, benzimidazolinium salts, pyridinium salts, and quinolinium salts. Of these, quaternary ammonium salts and pyridinium salts are preferred.
  • the ammonium group-containing polymer may have an ammonium group in its structure, and a polymer containing 5 to 80 mol% of (meth) acrylate having an ammonium group in the side chain as a copolymerization component is preferable.
  • Specific examples include the polymers described in paragraphs 0089 to 0105 of JP2009-208458A.
  • the ammonium salt-containing polymer preferably has a reduced specific viscosity (unit: ml / g) determined in accordance with the measurement method described in JP-A-2009-208458, in the range of 5 to 120, and in the range of 10 to 110. Are more preferable, and those in the range of 15 to 100 are particularly preferable.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • the content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 to 30.0% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15.0% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the image recording layer. Is more preferable.
  • the image recording layer can contain, as other components, a surfactant, a polymerization inhibitor, a higher fatty acid derivative, a plasticizer, inorganic particles, an inorganic layered compound, and the like. Specifically, reference can be made to the descriptions in paragraphs 0114 to 0159 of JP-A-2008-284817.
  • the image recording layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is coated by dispersing or dissolving the necessary components in a known solvent as described in paragraphs 0142 to 0143 of JP-A-2008-195018, for example. It can be formed by preparing a liquid, coating the coating liquid on a support by a known method such as bar coater coating, and drying.
  • the coating amount (solid content) of the image recording layer after coating and drying varies depending on the application, but is preferably 0.3 to 3.0 g / m 2 . Within the above range, good sensitivity and good film properties of the image recording layer can be obtained.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure preferably has an undercoat layer (sometimes referred to as an intermediate layer) between the image recording layer and the support.
  • the undercoat layer enhances the adhesion between the support and the image recording layer in the exposed area and easily peels off the image recording layer from the support in the unexposed area. It contributes to improving.
  • the undercoat layer functions as a heat insulating layer, and thus has an effect of preventing the heat generated by the exposure from diffusing to the support and lowering the sensitivity.
  • Examples of the compound used for the undercoat layer include polymers having an adsorptive group and a hydrophilic group that can be adsorbed on the surface of the support. In order to improve the adhesion to the image recording layer, a polymer having an adsorptive group and a hydrophilic group and further having a crosslinkable group is preferable.
  • the compound used for the undercoat layer may be a low molecular compound or a polymer. The compounds used for the undercoat layer may be used as a mixture of two or more if necessary.
  • the compound used for the undercoat layer is a polymer
  • a copolymer of a monomer having an adsorptive group, a monomer having a hydrophilic group, and a monomer having a crosslinkable group is preferable.
  • the adsorptive group that can be adsorbed on the support surface include a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxy group, —PO 3 H 2 , —OPO 3 H 2 , —CONHSO 2 —, —SO 2 NHSO 2 —, —COCH 2 COCH 3 Is preferred.
  • a hydrophilic group a sulfo group or a salt thereof, or a salt of a carboxy group is preferable.
  • the polymer may have a crosslinkable group introduced by salt formation between a polar substituent of the polymer, a substituent having a counter charge with the polar substituent, and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, Other monomers, preferably hydrophilic monomers, may be further copolymerized.
  • the phosphorus compound which has a heavy bond reactive group is mentioned suitably.
  • Crosslinkable groups (preferably ethylenically unsaturated bond groups) described in JP-A-2005-238816, JP-A-2005-12549, JP-A-2006-239867, and JP-A-2006-215263, a support
  • a low molecular or high molecular compound having a functional group interacting with the surface and a hydrophilic group is also preferably used.
  • More preferable are polymer polymers having an adsorbing group, a hydrophilic group, and a crosslinkable group that can be adsorbed on the surface of the support described in JP-A Nos. 2005-125749 and 2006-188038.
  • the content of the ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably from 0.1 to 10.0 mmol, more preferably from 0.2 to 5.5 mmol, per 1 g of the polymer.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 5,000 or more, and more preferably 10,000 to 300,000.
  • the undercoat layer is a chelating agent, a secondary or tertiary amine, a polymerization inhibitor, an amino group, or a functional group having a polymerization inhibitory ability and a support surface in order to prevent contamination with time.
  • a group that interacts with eg, 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO), 2,3,5,6-tetrahydroxy-p-quinone, chloranil, sulfophthalic acid, hydroxy Ethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid, dihydroxyethylethylenediaminediacetic acid, hydroxyethyliminodiacetic acid, and the like).
  • the undercoat layer is applied by a known method.
  • the coating amount (solid content) of the undercoat layer is preferably 0.1 ⁇ 100mg / m 2, and more preferably 1 ⁇ 30mg / m 2.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure preferably has a protective layer (sometimes referred to as an overcoat layer) on the image recording layer.
  • the protective layer has a function of preventing the formation of scratches in the image recording layer and ablation during high-illuminance laser exposure, in addition to the function of suppressing the image formation inhibition reaction by blocking oxygen.
  • the protective layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure may include a coloring composition according to the present disclosure, that is, a compound represented by Formula 1.
  • the protective layer having such characteristics is described in, for example, US Pat. No. 3,458,311 and Japanese Patent Publication No. 55-49729.
  • a water-soluble polymer or a water-insoluble polymer can be appropriately selected and used, and two or more types can be mixed and used as necessary. it can.
  • Specific examples include polyvinyl alcohol, modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, water-soluble cellulose derivatives, poly (meth) acrylonitrile, and the like.
  • modified polyvinyl alcohol acid-modified polyvinyl alcohol having a carboxy group or a sulfo group is preferably used.
  • Specific examples include modified polyvinyl alcohols described in JP-A-2005-250216 and JP-A-2006-259137.
  • the protective layer preferably contains an inorganic layered compound in order to enhance oxygen barrier properties.
  • the inorganic layered compound is a particle having a thin flat plate shape, for example, mica group such as natural mica and synthetic mica, talc, teniolite, montmorillonite, saponite, hector represented by the formula: 3MgO ⁇ 4SiO ⁇ H 2 O Light, zirconium phosphate, etc. are mentioned.
  • the inorganic layered compound preferably used is a mica compound.
  • the mica compound include, for example, the formula: A (B, C) 2-5 D 4 O 10 (OH, F, O) 2 [where A is at least one selected from the group consisting of K, Na, and Ca. B and C are at least one element selected from the group consisting of Fe (II), Fe (III), Mn, Al, Mg and V, and D is Si or Al. is there. ]
  • Mica groups such as natural mica and synthetic mica represented by
  • natural mica includes muscovite, soda mica, phlogopite, biotite, and sericite.
  • synthetic mica non-swelling mica such as fluor-phlogopite mica KMg 3 (AlSi 3 O 10 ) F 2 , potassium tetrasilicon mica KMg 2.5 Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , and Na tetrasilicic mica NaMg2 .
  • the lattice layer is deficient in positive charge, and in order to compensate for this, cations such as Li + , Na + , Ca 2+ , and Mg 2+ are adsorbed between the layers.
  • the cations present between these layers are called exchangeable cations and can be exchanged with various cations.
  • the bond between the layered crystal lattices is weak because the ionic radius is small, and the layer swells greatly with water. If shear is applied in this state, it will easily cleave and form a stable sol in water.
  • Swelling synthetic mica has a strong tendency and is particularly preferably used.
  • the aspect ratio is preferably 20 or more, more preferably 100 or more, and particularly preferably 200 or more.
  • the aspect ratio is the ratio of the major axis to the thickness of the particle, and can be measured, for example, from a projection drawing of a particle by a micrograph. The larger the aspect ratio, the greater the effect that can be obtained.
  • the average major axis of the mica compound is preferably 0.3 to 20 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 to 10 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 1 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the average thickness of the particles is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 0.01 ⁇ m or less.
  • preferred embodiments have a thickness of about 1 to 50 nm and a surface size (major axis) of about 1 to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the content of the inorganic stratiform compound is preferably 0 to 60% by mass and more preferably 3 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the protective layer. Even when a plurality of types of inorganic layered compounds are used in combination, the total amount of the inorganic layered compounds is preferably the above content. Within the above range, the oxygen barrier property is improved and good sensitivity can be obtained. Further, it is possible to prevent a decrease in inking property.
  • the protective layer may contain known additives such as a plasticizer for imparting flexibility, a surfactant for improving coating properties, and inorganic fine particles for controlling the slipperiness of the surface. Further, the protective layer may contain the sensitizer described in the image recording layer.
  • the protective layer is applied by a known method.
  • the coating amount of the protective layer (solid content) is preferably 0.01 ⁇ 10g / m 2, more preferably 0.02 ⁇ 3g / m 2, particularly preferably 0.02 ⁇ 1g / m 2.
  • the support of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can be appropriately selected from known lithographic printing plate precursor supports.
  • As the support an aluminum plate which has been roughened and anodized by a known method is preferable. If necessary, the aluminum plate may further be subjected to micropore enlargement treatment or sealing treatment of an anodized film described in JP-A-2001-253181 and JP-A-2001-322365, US Pat. No. 2,714, Surface hydrophilization treatment with alkali metal silicate as described in US Pat. Nos. 066, 3,181,461, 3,280,734 and 3,902,734, US The surface hydrophilization treatment with polyvinyl phosphonic acid or the like as described in the specifications of Patent Nos. 3,276,868, 4,153,461 and 4,689,272 is appropriately selected. You may go.
  • the support preferably has a center line average roughness of 0.10 to 1.2 ⁇ m.
  • the support may be provided on the surface opposite to the image recording layer, such as an organic polymer compound described in JP-A-5-45885, or an alkoxy compound of silicon described in JP-A-6-35174. You may have the backcoat layer containing.
  • the method of preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes a step of exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure (exposure step), and printing the lithographic printing plate precursor after imagewise exposure on a printing machine with printing ink and moisture. It is preferable to include a step (on-press development step) of removing an unexposed portion of the image recording layer by at least one selected from the group consisting of water.
  • Image exposure is preferably performed by a method of scanning exposure of digital data with an infrared laser or the like.
  • the wavelength of the exposure light source is preferably 750 to 1,400 nm.
  • a solid laser or semiconductor laser that emits infrared light is suitable.
  • the exposure mechanism may be any of an internal drum system, an external drum system, a flat bed system, and the like.
  • the exposure step can be performed by a known method using a plate setter or the like.
  • the exposure may be performed on the printing machine after the planographic printing plate precursor is mounted on the printing machine using a printing machine equipped with an exposure device.
  • On-machine development process at least one selected from the group consisting of printing ink and fountain solution on the printing press without performing any development treatment on the lithographic printing plate precursor after image exposure, preferably printing ink
  • printing ink and fountain solution known lithographic printing ink and fountain solution are used.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor may be initially supplied with the printing ink or fountain solution, but the printing ink is first used in order to prevent the fountain solution from being contaminated by the removed image recording layer components. Is preferably supplied. In this way, the lithographic printing plate precursor is subjected to on-press development on an offset printing machine and used as it is for printing a large number of sheets.
  • the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure may include other known steps in addition to the above steps.
  • Examples of other processes include a plate inspection process for confirming the position and orientation of the lithographic printing plate precursor before each process, a confirmation process for confirming a printed image after the on-machine development process, and the like.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can be prepared as a lithographic printing plate by a development process using a developer by appropriately selecting a polymer or the like which is a constituent component of the image recording layer.
  • the development process using a developer is at least one selected from the group consisting of an embodiment (also referred to as alkali development) using a developer having a high pH of 14 or less containing an alkali agent, and a surfactant and a water-soluble polymer compound.
  • the compound represented by the above formula 1 is a novel compound, and can be suitably used as a color former, particularly a heat-sensitive color former, an infrared-sensitive color former, or a heat-sensitive and infrared-sensitive color former.
  • a preferred embodiment of the compound represented by Formula 1 as the novel compound is the same as the preferred embodiment of the compound represented by Formula 1 in the color forming composition according to the present disclosure described above.
  • the molecular weight is a weight average molecular weight (Mw) in terms of polystyrene converted by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method, and the ratio of repeating units is a mole percentage.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • part means “part by mass” unless otherwise specified.
  • Etching was performed by immersing the aluminum plate in a 25 mass% sodium hydroxide aqueous solution at 45 ° C for 9 seconds, washing with water, and further immersed in a 20 mass% nitric acid aqueous solution at 60 ° C for 20 seconds, followed by washing with water.
  • the etching amount of the grained surface was about 3 g / m 2 .
  • the electrolytic solution was a 1% by mass aqueous nitric acid solution (containing 0.5% by mass aluminum ions), and the liquid temperature was 50 ° C.
  • the AC power source waveform is electrochemical roughening treatment using a trapezoidal rectangular wave alternating current with a time ratio TP of 0.8 msec until the current value reaches a peak from zero, a duty ratio of 1: 1, and a trapezoidal rectangular wave alternating current. Went. Ferrite was used for the auxiliary anode.
  • the current density was 30 A / dm 2 at the peak current value, and 5% of the current flowing from the power source was shunted to the auxiliary anode.
  • the amount of electricity in nitric acid electrolysis was 175 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was the anode. Then, water washing by spraying was performed.
  • nitric acid electrolysis was performed with an aqueous solution of 0.5% by mass of hydrochloric acid (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ions) and an electrolytic solution having a liquid temperature of 50 ° C. under the condition of an electric quantity of 50 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was the anode.
  • Electrochemical surface roughening treatment was carried out in the same manner as above, followed by washing with water by spraying.
  • a 2.5 g / m 2 direct current anodic oxide film having a current density of 15 A / dm 2 is formed on an aluminum plate as an electrolyte using a 15 mass% aqueous sulfuric acid solution (containing 0.5 mass% of aluminum ions), and then washed with water.
  • the support A was prepared by drying.
  • the average pore diameter (surface average pore diameter) in the surface layer of the anodized film was 10 nm.
  • the pore diameter in the surface layer of the anodized film is measured using an ultra-high resolution SEM (S-900, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), with a deposition process that imparts conductivity at a relatively low acceleration voltage of 12V. Without applying, the surface was observed at a magnification of 150,000 times, and 50 pores were randomly extracted to obtain an average value.
  • the standard deviation error was ⁇ 10% or less.
  • the support A was subjected to silicate treatment at 60 ° C. for 10 seconds using a 2.5 mass% No. 3 sodium silicate aqueous solution, and then washed with water to obtain the support B.
  • the adhesion amount of Si was 10 mg / m 2 .
  • the center line average roughness (Ra) of the support B was measured using a needle having a diameter of 2 ⁇ m, it was 0.51 ⁇ m.
  • Support C was prepared in the same manner as the support A, except that the electrolyte for forming the direct current anodized film was changed to a 22% by mass phosphoric acid aqueous solution.
  • the average pore diameter (surface average pore diameter) in the surface layer of the anodized film was 25 nm as measured by the same method as described above.
  • the support C was subjected to a silicate treatment at 60 ° C. for 10 seconds using a 2.5 mass% No. 3 sodium silicate aqueous solution, and then washed with water to obtain the support D.
  • the adhesion amount of Si was 10 mg / m 2 .
  • the center line average roughness (Ra) of the support D was measured using a needle having a diameter of 2 ⁇ m, it was 0.52 ⁇ m.
  • BLEMMER PME-4000 Methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate (Repeating number of oxyethylene units: 90)
  • VA-046B 2,2′-azobis [2- (2-imidazolin-2-yl) propane] disulfate dihydrate
  • an image recording layer coating solution (1) having the following composition was coated with a bar and oven-dried at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an image recording layer having a dry coating amount of 1.0 g / m 2 .
  • the image recording layer coating solution (1) was prepared by mixing and stirring the following photosensitive solution (1) and microgel solution immediately before coating.
  • Binder polymer (1), polymerization initiator (1), TPB, low molecular weight hydrophilic compound (1), phosphonium compound (1), ammonium group-containing polymer (1) and fluorine-based interface used in the photosensitive solution (1) The structure of the active agent (1) is shown below.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • the number on the lower right of the parenthesis of each structural unit of the following polymer represents a molar ratio.
  • the method for preparing the microgel (1) used in the microgel solution is shown below.
  • a protective layer coating solution having the following composition is bar-coated on the image recording layer and oven-dried at 120 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a protective layer having a dry coating amount of 0.15 g / m 2.
  • Table 1 summarizes the support used in the preparation of each lithographic printing plate precursor, the compound A or the comparative compound in the image recording layer coating solution (1).
  • CKS50 manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., sulfonic acid modification, saponification degree 99 mol% or more, polymerization degree 300
  • the method for preparing the inorganic layered compound dispersion (1) used in the protective layer coating solution is shown below.
  • the aspect ratio of the obtained dispersed particles was 100 or more.
  • lithographic printing plate precursor B In preparation of the lithographic printing plate precursor A, the following lithographic printing plate precursor A is used in place of the image recording layer coating liquid (1) except that the following image recording layer coating liquid (2) is used.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor B was prepared in the same manner as the preparation.
  • the image recording layer coating solution (2) was prepared by mixing and stirring the following photosensitive solution (2) and microgel solution immediately before coating. Table 1 summarizes the support used in the preparation of each lithographic printing plate precursor, the compound D in the image recording layer coating solution (2) or the comparative compound.
  • Sensitizer Phosphonium compound (1) [above]: 0.055 parts. Aburakazai benzyl - dimethyl - octylammonium, PF 6 salt: 0.018 parts Oil-sensitizing agent ammonium group-containing polymer (1) [the]: 0.035 parts fluorine-containing surfactant (1) [the]: 0.008 parts 2-Butanone 1.091 parts 1-Methoxy-2-propanol: 8.609 parts
  • Microgel (1) [above]: 2.640 parts Distilled water: 2.425 parts
  • the structure of the chain transfer agent (S-1) used in the photosensitive solution (2) is shown below.
  • lithographic printing plate precursor C In preparation of the lithographic printing plate precursor A, an image recording layer coating liquid (3) having the following composition was bar-coated instead of the image recording layer coating liquid (1), and 60 ° C. at 60 ° C. The plate was subjected to oven drying for 2 seconds to form an image recording layer having a dry coating amount of 0.6 g / m 2 to prepare a lithographic printing plate precursor C.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor C is a lithographic printing plate precursor having no protective layer.
  • Table 1 summarizes the support used in the preparation of each lithographic printing plate precursor, the compound D or the comparative compound in the image recording layer coating solution (3).
  • the preparation method of the polymer particle aqueous dispersion (1) used in the image recording layer coating liquid (3) is shown below.
  • the particle size distribution is obtained by taking an electron micrograph of polymer particles, measuring the total particle size of 5,000 particles on the photo, and using a logarithmic scale between the maximum value of the obtained particle size measurement value and zero. The frequency of appearance of each particle size was plotted by dividing it into 50 and determined. For non-spherical particles, the particle size of spherical particles having the same particle area as that on the photograph was used as the particle size.
  • lithographic printing plate precursor D In preparation of the lithographic printing plate precursor A, an image recording layer coating aqueous solution (4) having the following composition after coating was applied by bar instead of the image recording layer coating liquid (1). Then, it was oven dried at 50 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an image recording layer having a dry coating amount of 0.93 g / m 2 to prepare a lithographic printing plate precursor D.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor D is a lithographic printing plate precursor having no protective layer.
  • the support used in the preparation of each lithographic printing plate precursor, the compound D or the comparative compound in the image recording layer coating solution (4) are collectively shown in Table 1.
  • ⁇ Image recording layer coating solution (4)> Compound D shown in Table 1 or comparative compound: 0.038 g / m 2 Borate compound TPB [above]: 0.01 g / m 2 -Polymer particle aqueous dispersion (2): 0.693 g / m 2 -Glascol E15 (manufactured by Allied Colloids Manufacturing): 0.09 g / m 2 ⁇ ERKOL WX48 / 20 (manufactured by ERKOL): 0.09 g / m 2 ⁇ Zonyl FSO100 (manufactured by DuPont): 0.0075 g / m 2
  • the compound described in the trade name and the polymer particle aqueous dispersion (2) used in the image recording layer coating aqueous solution (4) are as follows.
  • -Glascol E15 Polyacrylic acid-ERKOL WX48 / 20: Polyvinyl alcohol / polyvinyl acetate copolymer-Zonyl FSO100: Surfactant-Polymer particle water dispersion (2): Styrene stabilized with an anionic wetting agent / Acrylonitrile copolymer (molar ratio 50/50, average particle size 61 nm, solid content about 20% by mass)
  • SCE regular reflection light removal
  • the color developability was evaluated by the difference ⁇ L between the L * value of the exposed area and the L * value of the unexposed area using the L * value (brightness) of the L * a * b * color system.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor was subjected to an external drum rotation speed of 1,000 rpm, a laser output of 70%, and a resolution of 2,400 dpi using a Luxel PLANETTER T-6000III equipped with an infrared semiconductor laser. Exposed.
  • the exposure image included a solid image and a 50% halftone dot chart of a 20 ⁇ m dot FM screen.
  • the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor was mounted on the plate cylinder of a printing machine LITHRONE 26 manufactured by Komori Corporation without developing.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor having the image recording layer containing the compound according to the present disclosure is superior in color developability as compared with the lithographic printing plate precursor of the comparative example containing the comparative compound. It is clear. Furthermore, it can be seen that the lithographic printing plate precursor having the image recording layer containing the compound according to the present disclosure has good on-press developability and printing durability.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Thermal Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Printing Plates And Materials Therefor (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)

Abstract

A colorant composition contains the compound represented by formula 1. A planographic printing master plate comprises at least a layer containing the colorant composition. A method of manufacturing a planographic printing plate uses the planographic printing master plate. Also provided is the compound represented by formula 1, which can be suitably used as a colorant.

Description

発色組成物、平版印刷版原版、平版印刷版の作製方法、及び、化合物Coloring composition, lithographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing plate preparation method, and compound
 本開示は、発色組成物、平版印刷版原版、平版印刷版の作製方法、及び、化合物に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a coloring composition, a lithographic printing plate precursor, a method for preparing a lithographic printing plate, and a compound.
 一般に平版印刷版は、印刷過程でインキを受容する親油性の画像部と湿し水を受容する親水性の非画像部とからなる。
 平版印刷は、水と油性インキとが互いに反発する性質を利用して、平版印刷版の親油性の画像部をインキ受容部、親水性の非画像部を湿し水受容部(インキ非受容部)として、平版印刷版の表面にインキの付着性の差異を生じさせ、画像部のみにインキを着肉させた後、紙等の被印刷体にインキを転写して印刷する方法である。
In general, a lithographic printing plate is composed of an oleophilic image area that receives ink and a hydrophilic non-image area that receives dampening water in the printing process.
Lithographic printing utilizes the property that water and oil-based ink repel each other, so that the oleophilic image area of the lithographic printing plate is dampened with the ink receiving area and the hydrophilic non-image area is dampened with the water receiving area (ink non-receiving area). ), A difference in ink adhesion is caused on the surface of the lithographic printing plate, the ink is applied only to the image area, and then the ink is transferred to a printing medium such as paper for printing.
 現在、平版印刷版原版から平版印刷版を作製する製版工程においては、CTP(コンピュータトゥプレート)技術による画像露光が行われている。即ち、画像露光は、レーザーやレーザーダイオードを用いて、リスフィルムを介することなく、直接平版印刷版原版に走査露光などにより行われる。 At present, in a plate making process for producing a lithographic printing plate from a lithographic printing plate precursor, image exposure is performed by CTP (computer to plate) technology. That is, the image exposure is performed by scanning exposure or the like directly on the lithographic printing plate precursor using a laser or a laser diode without using a lith film.
 また、地球環境への関心の高まりから、平版印刷版原版の製版に関して、現像処理などの湿式処理に伴う廃液に関する環境問題がクローズアップされ、これに伴い、現像処理の簡易化又は無処理化が指向されている。簡易な現像処理の一つとして、「機上現像」と呼ばれる方法が提案されている。機上現像は、平版印刷版原版を画像露光後、従来の現像処理は行わず、そのまま印刷機に取り付け、画像記録層の非画像部の除去を通常の印刷工程の初期段階で行う方法である。 In addition, due to the growing interest in the global environment, environmental issues related to waste liquids associated with wet processing such as development processing have been highlighted in relation to plate making of lithographic printing plate precursors, and as a result, development processing has been simplified or eliminated. It is oriented. As one simple development process, a method called “on-press development” has been proposed. On-press development is a method in which, after image exposure of a lithographic printing plate precursor, conventional development processing is not carried out, but it is directly attached to a printing press and the non-image area of the image recording layer is removed at the initial stage of the normal printing process .
 一般に、平版印刷版を印刷機に取り付ける前工程として、平版印刷版に目的通りの画像記録がされているか、平版印刷版上の画像を検査、識別する作業(検版)が行われる。特に、多色印刷においては、見当合わせの目印となるトンボ(レジスタマーク)を判別できるかが印刷作業において重要である。 Generally, as a pre-process for attaching a lithographic printing plate to a printing press, an operation (inspection) is performed to inspect and identify an image on the lithographic printing plate to check whether the image is recorded as intended. In particular, in multi-color printing, it is important in printing work whether a register mark (register mark) that serves as a registration mark can be determined.
 通常の現像処理工程を伴う平版印刷版原版は、一般に画像記録層を着色し、現像処理することで着色画像が得られるので、印刷機に印刷版を取り付ける前に画像を容易に確認することができる。
 一方、通常の現像処理工程を伴わない機上現像型又は無処理(無現像)型の平版印刷版原版では、平版印刷版原版を印刷機に取り付ける段階で平版印刷版原版上の画像を確認することが困難であり、検版を十分行うことができない。そのため、機上現像型又は無処理(無現像)型平版印刷版原版は、露光した段階で画像を確認する手段、即ち、露光領域が発色又は消色する、いわゆるプリントアウト画像が形成されることが要求されている。更に、作業性向上の観点から、発色又は消色した露光領域が時間経過後も発色又は消色した状態が維持されることも重要である。
A lithographic printing plate precursor with a normal development processing step generally gives a colored image by coloring the image recording layer and developing it, so that the image can be easily confirmed before attaching the printing plate to the printing press. it can.
On the other hand, in an on-press development type or non-processing (no development) type lithographic printing plate precursor that does not involve a normal development processing step, an image on the lithographic printing plate precursor is confirmed at the stage of attaching the lithographic printing plate precursor to the printing press. It is difficult to perform plate inspection sufficiently. Therefore, on-machine development type or non-processed (no development) type lithographic printing plate precursor is formed with a means for confirming an image at the stage of exposure, that is, a so-called printout image in which the exposed area is colored or erased is formed. Is required. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of improving workability, it is also important to maintain the color developed or erased exposure area after the passage of time.
 従来の技術としては、特許文献1又は2に記載されているものが知られている。 As conventional techniques, those described in Patent Document 1 or 2 are known.
欧州特許第1736312号明細書EP 1736312 国際公開第2016/027886号International Publication No. 2016/027866
 本発明の一実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、発色性に優れる発色組成物を提供することである。
 本発明の他の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、発色による検版性に優れる平版印刷版原版、及び、上記平版印刷版原版を用いる平版印刷版の作製方法を提供することである。
 また、本発明の更に他の一実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、発色剤として好適に用いることができる新規な化合物を提供することである。
The problem to be solved by one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition having excellent coloring properties.
The problem to be solved by another embodiment of the present invention is to provide a lithographic printing plate precursor excellent in plate inspection by color development and a method for preparing a lithographic printing plate using the lithographic printing plate precursor.
Another problem to be solved by another embodiment of the present invention is to provide a novel compound that can be suitably used as a color former.
 上記課題を解決するための手段には、以下の態様が含まれる。
<1> 下記式1で表される化合物を含む発色組成物。
Means for solving the above problems include the following aspects.
<1> A coloring composition comprising a compound represented by the following formula 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 式1中、Aは窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子よりなる群から選ばれた原子を少なくとも1つ含む環構造を表し、AはN、O又はSを含む環構造を表し、Xはそれぞれ独立に、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表し、Xのうち少なくとも1つは窒素原子であり、Xが窒素原子である場合、上記窒素原子に結合するR、R又はRは存在しないものとし、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基又はイミノ基を表し、2以上のR~Rは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、1以上のR~RとA又はAとは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nは1~6の整数を表し、Zは電荷を中和するための対イオンを表す。 In Formula 1, A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, A + represents a ring structure containing N + , O + or S + , Each X independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and at least one of X is a nitrogen atom, and when X is a nitrogen atom, R 1 , R 2 or R 3 bonded to the nitrogen atom is present R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, the 2 or more of R 1 ~ R 3 may form a ring structure, one or more of R 1 R 3 and A or A + and may form a ring structure, n is an integer of 1 ~ 6, Z represents a counter ion for neutralizing a charge.
<2> 上記式1で表される化合物が、下記式2で表される化合物である上記<1>に記載の発色組成物。 <2> The coloring composition according to <1>, wherein the compound represented by Formula 1 is a compound represented by Formula 2 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式2中、Aは窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子よりなる群から選ばれた原子を少なくとも1つ含む環構造を表し、ArはN、O又はSを含む環構造を表し、Lは-CH-、-CHR-、-C(R-、-NR-、-O-又は-S-を表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基又はイミノ基を表し、2以上のR~Rは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、1以上のR~RとA、L又はArとは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nは1~6の整数を表し、Zは電荷を中和するための対イオンを表す。 In Formula 2, A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, Ar represents a ring structure containing N + , O + or S + , and L Represents —CH 2 —, —CHR a —, —C (R a ) 2 —, —NR a —, —O— or —S—, each R a independently represents a hydrocarbon group, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group, urethane Represents a group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, and two or more R 1 to R 3 may combine to form a ring structure and one or more R 1 to R 3 and A, L or Combines with Ar to form a ring structure N represents an integer of 1 to 6, and Z represents a counter ion for neutralizing the electric charge.
<3> 上記式1で表される化合物が、下記式3で表される化合物である上記<1>又は<2>に記載の発色組成物。 <3> The coloring composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the compound represented by the formula 1 is a compound represented by the following formula 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式3中、Aは窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子よりなる群から選ばれた原子を少なくとも1つ含む環構造を表し、2つのAのうち一方はNを表し、他方は炭素原子を表し、Lは-CH-、-CHR-、-C(R-、-NR-、-O-又は-S-を表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基又はイミノ基を表し、2以上のR~Rは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、1以上のR~RとA、L又は1以上のR~Rとは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基、イミノ基、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基又はリン酸基を表し、2以上のR~Rは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nは1~6の整数を表し、Zは電荷を中和するための対イオンを表す。 In Formula 3, A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, one of the two A 1 represents N + , and the other represents a carbon atom. L represents —CH 2 —, —CHR a —, —C (R a ) 2 —, —NR a —, —O— or —S—, and each R a independently represents a hydrocarbon group. , R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group Represents a group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, and two or more R 1 to R 3 may combine to form a ring structure, and one or more of R 1 to R 3 and A , L or one or more R 4 to R 7 may combine with each other to form a ring structure, and R 4 to R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an acyl group, Represents a hydroxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group, an imino group, a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group, and two or more R 4 to R 7 May combine to form a ring structure, n represents an integer of 1 to 6, and Z represents a counter ion for neutralizing the charge.
<4> 上記式1で表される化合物が、下記式4で表される化合物である上記<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の発色組成物。 <4> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the compound represented by the formula 1 is a compound represented by the following formula 4.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式4中、Aは窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子よりなる群から選ばれた原子を少なくとも1つ含む環構造を表し、2つのAのうち一方はNを表し、他方は炭素原子を表し、Lは-CH-、-CHR-、-C(R-、-NR-、-O-又は-S-を表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、R~R14はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基、イミノ基、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基又はリン酸基を表し、2以上のR~R14は結合して環構造を形成してもよく、1以上のR~R14とA又はLとは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Zは電荷を中和するための対イオンを表す。 In Formula 4, A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, one of the two A 1 represents N + , and the other represents a carbon atom. L represents —CH 2 —, —CHR a —, —C (R a ) 2 —, —NR a —, —O— or —S—, and each R a independently represents a hydrocarbon group. R 4 to R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group, urethane Group, urea group, amide group, nitrile group, imino group, carboxylic acid group, sulfonic acid group or phosphoric acid group, and two or more R 4 to R 14 may be bonded to form a ring structure. or more of R 4 ~ 14 and the A or L may form a ring structure, Z is a counter ion for neutralizing a charge.
<5> 上記R10と上記R12とが結合して環構造を形成している上記<4>に記載の発色組成物。
<6> 上記R~Rの少なくとも1つが、下記式5で表される基である上記<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の発色組成物。
<5> The coloring composition according to <4>, wherein R 10 and R 12 are bonded to form a ring structure.
<6> The color forming composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein at least one of R 1 to R 3 is a group represented by the following formula 5.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式5中、R15は炭化水素基を表し、R16はそれぞれ独立に、下記式6で表される基、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基、又は、イミノ基を表し、R16のうち、少なくとも1つは下記式6で表される基である。 In Formula 5, R 15 represents a hydrocarbon group, and R 16 each independently represents a group represented by the following Formula 6, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group Represents an acyl group, a hydroxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group, or an imino group, and at least one of R 16 is represented by the following formula 6. Group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式6中、*は式5におけるピリジニウム環との連結位置を表し、**は式1~式4におけるポリメチン鎖との連結位置を表し、Lは単結合、又は、炭素数1~10の二価の炭化水素基を表し、上記二価の炭化水素基におけるメチレン基は一部、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、カルボニル結合、エステル結合、アミノ結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、アミド結合、及び、イミノ結合よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構造に置き換わってもよい。 In Formula 6, * represents a connecting position with the pyridinium ring in Formula 5, ** represents a connecting position with the polymethine chain in Formula 1 to Formula 4, and L 1 is a single bond or a carbon number of 1 to 10 Represents a divalent hydrocarbon group, the methylene group in the divalent hydrocarbon group is partly an ether bond, thioether bond, carbonyl bond, ester bond, amino bond, urethane bond, urea bond, amide bond, and imino It may be replaced with at least one structure selected from the group consisting of bonds.
<7> 前記R11が、下記式5で表される基である上記<4>に記載の発色組成物。 <7> The coloring composition according to <4>, wherein R 11 is a group represented by the following formula 5.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式5中、R15は炭化水素基を表し、R16はそれぞれ独立に、下記式6で表される基、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基、又は、イミノ基を表し、R16のうち、少なくとも1つは下記式6で表される基である。 In Formula 5, R 15 represents a hydrocarbon group, and R 16 each independently represents a group represented by the following Formula 6, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group Represents an acyl group, a hydroxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group, or an imino group, and at least one of R 16 is represented by the following formula 6. Group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

 式6中、*は式5におけるピリジニウム環との連結位置を表し、**は式1~式4におけるポリメチン鎖との連結位置を表し、Lは単結合、又は、炭素数1~10の二価の炭化水素基を表し、上記二価の炭化水素基におけるメチレン基は一部、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、カルボニル結合、エステル結合、アミノ結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、アミド結合、及び、イミノ結合よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構造に置き換わってもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

In Formula 6, * represents a connecting position with the pyridinium ring in Formula 5, ** represents a connecting position with the polymethine chain in Formula 1 to Formula 4, and L 1 is a single bond or a carbon number of 1 to 10 Represents a divalent hydrocarbon group, the methylene group in the divalent hydrocarbon group is partly an ether bond, thioether bond, carbonyl bond, ester bond, amino bond, urethane bond, urea bond, amide bond, and imino It may be replaced with at least one structure selected from the group consisting of bonds.
<8> ポリマーを更に含む上記<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の発色組成物。
<9> 重合開始剤、及び、重合性化合物を更に含む上記<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の発色組成物。
<10> 赤外線照射により硬化する硬化性組成物である上記<8>又は<9>に記載の発色組成物。
<11> 支持体上に、上記<1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の発色組成物を含む層を少なくとも1つ有する平版印刷版原版。
<12> 上記<11>に記載の平版印刷版原版に赤外線を照射する工程、赤外線を照射した上記平版印刷版を印刷機上で印刷インキ及び湿し水よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1つを供給して機上現像する工程、を含む平版印刷版の作製方法。
<13> 下記式1で表される化合物。
<8> The color forming composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, further including a polymer.
<9> The color forming composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, further including a polymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound.
<10> The coloring composition according to <8> or <9>, which is a curable composition that is cured by infrared irradiation.
<11> A lithographic printing plate precursor having at least one layer containing the color forming composition according to any one of the above <1> to <10> on a support.
<12> Step of irradiating the lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <11> with infrared rays, at least one selected from the group consisting of printing ink and fountain solution on the lithographic printing plate irradiated with infrared rays on a printing press A method for producing a lithographic printing plate, comprising a step of supplying the toner and developing on-press.
<13> A compound represented by the following formula 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式1中、Aは窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子よりなる群から選ばれた原子を少なくとも1つ含む環構造を表し、AはN、O又はSを含む環構造を表し、Xはそれぞれ独立に、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表し、Xのうち少なくとも1つは窒素原子であり、Xが窒素原子である場合、上記窒素原子に結合するR、R又はRは存在しないものとし、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基又はイミノ基を表し、2以上のR~Rは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、1以上のR~RとA又はAとは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nは1~6の整数を表し、Zは電荷を中和するための対イオンを表す。 In Formula 1, A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, A + represents a ring structure containing N + , O + or S + , Each X independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and at least one of X is a nitrogen atom, and when X is a nitrogen atom, R 1 , R 2 or R 3 bonded to the nitrogen atom is present R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, the 2 or more of R 1 ~ R 3 may form a ring structure, one or more of R 1 R 3 and A or A + and may form a ring structure, n is an integer of 1 ~ 6, Z represents a counter ion for neutralizing a charge.
 本発明の一実施形態によれば、発色性に優れる発色組成物を提供することができる。
 また、本発明の他の実施形態によれば、発色による検版性に優れる平版印刷版原版、及び、上記平版印刷版原版を用いる平版印刷版の作製方法を提供することができる。
 更に、本発明の他の一実施形態によれば、発色剤として好適に用いることができる新規な化合物を提供することができる。
According to one embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to provide a color forming composition having excellent color developability.
In addition, according to another embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to provide a lithographic printing plate precursor having excellent plate inspection property by color development and a method for preparing a lithographic printing plate using the lithographic printing plate precursor.
Furthermore, according to another embodiment of the present invention, a novel compound that can be suitably used as a color former can be provided.
 以下、本開示について詳細に説明する。
 なお、本明細書中、「xx~yy」の記載は、xx及びyyを含む数値範囲を表す。
 また、本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリル」はアクリル及びメタクリルの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリレート」はアクリレート及びメタクリレートの双方、又は、いずれかを表す。また、本明細書において、「質量%」と「重量%」とは同義であり、「質量部」と「重量部」とは同義である。また、本明細書において、2以上の好ましい態様の組み合わせは、より好ましい態様である。本明細書において、式で表される化合物における基の表記に関して、置換あるいは無置換を記していない場合、上記基が更に置換基を有することが可能な場合には、他に特に規定がない限り、無置換の基のみならず置換基を有する基も包含する。例えば、式において、「Rはアルキル基、アリール基又は複素環基を表す」との記載があれば、「Rは無置換アルキル基、置換アルキル基、無置換アリール基、置換アリール基、無置換複素環基又は置換複素環基を表す」ことを意味する。本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけでなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であっても工程の所期の目的が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be described in detail.
In the present specification, the description “xx to yy” represents a numerical range including xx and yy.
In the present specification, “(meth) acryl” represents both and / or acryl and methacryl, and “(meth) acrylate” represents both and / or acrylate and methacrylate. In the present specification, “mass%” and “wt%” are synonymous, and “part by mass” and “part by weight” are synonymous. Moreover, in this specification, the combination of two or more preferable aspects is a more preferable aspect. In the present specification, regarding the notation of the group in the compound represented by the formula, when there is no substitution or no substitution, the above group can further have a substituent unless otherwise specified. In addition to an unsubstituted group, a group having a substituent is also included. For example, in the formula, if there is a description that “R represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group”, “R is an unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, an unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted aryl group, an unsubstituted group” Represents a heterocyclic group or a substituted heterocyclic group. In this specification, the term “process” is not only an independent process, but is included in this term if the intended purpose of the process is achieved even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes.
[発色組成物]
 本開示に係る発色組成物は、式1で表される化合物を含む。
 また、本開示に係る発色組成物は、感熱性、赤外線感光性、又は、感熱性かつ赤外線感光性発色組成物として好適に用いることができる。
 更に、本開示に係る発色組成物は、平版印刷版原版の画像記録層、保護層又は画像記録層及び保護層の両方の作製に好適に用いることができる。
[Coloring composition]
The color forming composition according to the present disclosure includes a compound represented by Formula 1.
Moreover, the coloring composition according to the present disclosure can be suitably used as a heat-sensitive, infrared-sensitive, or heat-sensitive and infrared-sensitive coloring composition.
Furthermore, the color forming composition according to the present disclosure can be suitably used for producing an image recording layer, a protective layer, or both an image recording layer and a protective layer of a lithographic printing plate precursor.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式1中、Aは窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子よりなる群から選ばれた原子を少なくとも1つ含む環構造を表し、AはN、O又はSを含む環構造を表し、Xはそれぞれ独立に、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表し、Xのうち少なくとも1つは窒素原子であり、Xが窒素原子である場合、上記窒素原子に結合するR、R又はRは存在しないものとし、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基又はイミノ基を表し、2以上のR~Rは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、1以上のR~RとA又はAとは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nは1~6の整数を表し、Zは電荷を中和するための対イオンを表す。 In Formula 1, A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, A + represents a ring structure containing N + , O + or S + , Each X independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and at least one of X is a nitrogen atom, and when X is a nitrogen atom, R 1 , R 2 or R 3 bonded to the nitrogen atom is present R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, the 2 or more of R 1 ~ R 3 may form a ring structure, one or more of R 1 R 3 and A or A + and may form a ring structure, n is an integer of 1 ~ 6, Z represents a counter ion for neutralizing a charge.
<式1で表される化合物>
 式1で表される化合物は、熱又は赤外線の露光により変性又は分解し、発色性の化合物を生じる化合物である。
 本開示において、発色とは、加熱又は赤外線の露光前では可視光領域(400以上750nm未満)にほとんど吸収がなく、加熱若しくは赤外線の露光後に強く着色を有する、又は、吸収が短波長化し可視光領域に吸収を有するようになることを示す。
 なお、本開示における赤外線は、750nm以上1mm以下の波長であり、750nm以上1,400nm以下の波長であることが好ましい。
 式1で表される化合物の発色機構の詳細は不明であるが、共役鎖にN、O又はSのカチオン構造を有するため、熱又は赤外線の露光により式1のAにおけるN、O又はSの近傍の化学構造が変性又は分解し、式1におけるA~A間の共役鎖の長さや電子状態が変化することにより、吸収波長が変化して発色するものと本発明者らは推定している。
<Compound represented by Formula 1>
The compound represented by Formula 1 is a compound that is denatured or decomposed by exposure to heat or infrared rays to generate a color-forming compound.
In the present disclosure, color development means that there is almost no absorption in the visible light region (400 or more and less than 750 nm) before heating or infrared exposure, and there is a strong coloring after heating or infrared exposure, or the absorption becomes shorter in wavelength and visible light. Indicates that the region has absorption.
Note that the infrared ray in the present disclosure has a wavelength of 750 nm to 1 mm, and preferably a wavelength of 750 nm to 1,400 nm.
Although the details of the color development mechanism of the compound represented by Formula 1 are unknown, it has N + , O + or S + cation structure in the conjugated chain, so that N + in A + of Formula 1 is exposed by thermal or infrared exposure. , O + or S + in the vicinity of the chemical structure is denatured or decomposed, and the length of the conjugated chain between A + to A in Formula 1 and the electronic state change, whereby the absorption wavelength changes and the color develops. The inventors have estimated.
 また、式1で表される化合物は、R、R及びRにおいて、後述するヘテロ原子を介して共役鎖に結合する分解性基を有することが好ましい。
 上記分解性基を有することにより、上記N、O又はSの近傍における発色機構だけでなく、熱又は赤外線の露光により、上記分解性基が分解することにより、上記ヘテロ原子の構造や電子状態が変化し、共役鎖へ構造的及び電子的な影響を与え、吸収波長が変化し、より発色性が向上すると、本発明者等は推定している。
 以下、式1の詳細について説明する。
Moreover, it is preferable that the compound represented by Formula 1 has a decomposable group which couple | bonds with a conjugated chain through the hetero atom mentioned later in R < 1 >, R < 2 > and R < 3 >.
By having the decomposable group, not only the coloring mechanism in the vicinity of the N + , O + or S + , but also the structure of the heteroatom by the decomposition of the decomposable group by heat or infrared exposure. The present inventors presume that the electronic state changes, structurally and electronically affects the conjugated chain, the absorption wavelength changes, and the color development improves.
Hereinafter, details of Formula 1 will be described.
 式1におけるAは、N、O又はSを含む炭素数3~20の環構造であることが好ましい。また、Aは、芳香環構造を含むことが好ましい。更に、Aは、発色性の観点から、Nを含むことが好ましく、Nを含む少なくとも1つ以上の5員環又は6員環構造を有していることがより好ましく、ピリジニウム環構造であることが特に好ましい。また、上記ピリジニウム環構造における窒素原子上の基として、炭素数1~20の炭化水素基を有することが好ましく、炭素数1~15の炭化水素基を有することがより好ましく、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基を有することが特に好ましい。
 式1におけるAは、N、O又はSを含む炭素数3~20の環構造であることが好ましい。また、Aは、発色性の観点から、Nを含むことが好ましく、Nを含む少なくとも1つ以上の5員環或いは6員環構造を有していることがより好ましく、Nを含む6員環構造であることが特に好ましい。
 式1におけるXのうち少なくとも1つは窒素原子である。少なくとも1つが窒素原子であることにより発色性に優れる。また、発色性の観点から、Aに直接結合するXが、窒素原子であることが好ましい。
 また、発色性の観点から、Xのうち少なくとも2つは窒素原子であることが好ましい。
 なお、式1において、窒素原子の結合手は3であるので、Xが窒素原子である場合、上記窒素原子に結合するR、R又はRは存在しないものとする。
A + in Formula 1 is preferably a ring structure having 3 to 20 carbon atoms including N + , O +, or S + . A + preferably contains an aromatic ring structure. Furthermore, A + preferably contains N + from the viewpoint of color developability, more preferably has at least one 5-membered or 6-membered ring structure containing N +, and a pyridinium ring structure It is particularly preferred that Further, the group on the nitrogen atom in the pyridinium ring structure preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. It is particularly preferable to have the following hydrocarbon group.
A in Formula 1 is preferably a ring structure having 3 to 20 carbon atoms including N, O, or S. Further, A preferably contains N from the viewpoint of color developability, more preferably has at least one 5-membered ring or 6-membered ring structure containing N, and a 6-membered ring containing N A structure is particularly preferred.
At least one of X in Formula 1 is a nitrogen atom. Since at least one is a nitrogen atom, the color developability is excellent. Further, from the viewpoint of color developability, X that is directly bonded to A + is preferably a nitrogen atom.
Further, from the viewpoint of color developability, at least two of X are preferably nitrogen atoms.
In Expression 1, since the bonds of the nitrogen atom is a 3, X may be nitrogen atom, R 1, R 2 or R 3 which binds to the nitrogen atom and are not present.
 式1におけるR、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基、又は、イミノ基であることが好ましく、R、R及びRの少なくとも1つは水素原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アミノ基、又は、アニリノ基であることがより好ましい。また、R、R及びRの少なくとも1つは、環構造を形成していることが好ましく、R、R及びRの少なくとも2つは、環構造を形成していることがより好ましい。
 更に、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数0~60の基であることが好ましく、炭素数0~40の基であることがより好ましく、炭素数0~20の基であることが特に好ましい。
 また、R、R及びRにおけるアルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基及びイミノ基は、1以上の置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基、イミノ基、及び、ピリジニウム基が挙げられる。
 更に、上記ウレタン基としては、-NR-CO-OR、-O-CO-NRであることが好ましく、上記ウレア基としては、-NR-CO-NRであることが好ましく、また、上記イミノ基としては、-N=C(Rであることが好ましい。なお、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表す。
R 1 , R 2 and R 3 in formula 1 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group , Urethane group, urea group, amide group, nitrile group or imino group, and at least one of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 is a hydrogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio A group, an arylthio group, an amino group, or an anilino group is more preferable. Further, at least one of R 1, R 2 and R 3 is preferably form a ring structure, at least two of R 1, R 2 and R 3 can form a ring structure More preferred.
Further, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently preferably a group having 0 to 60 carbon atoms, more preferably a group having 0 to 40 carbon atoms, and a group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms. It is particularly preferred.
Further, the alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group, urethane group, urea group, amide group and imino group in R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are 1 You may have the above substituent. Substituents include halogen atoms, hydrocarbon groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, alkylthio groups, arylthio groups, acyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, acyloxy groups, amino groups, urethane groups, urea groups, amide groups, nitrile groups, imino groups. Group and pyridinium group.
Further, the urethane group is preferably —NR N —CO—OR X or —O—CO—NR N R X , and the urea group is —NR N —CO—NR N R X The imino group is preferably —N═C (R X ) 2 . Note that each R N independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R X independently represents a hydrocarbon group.
 式1におけるnは、2~6の整数であることが好ましく、3~6の整数であることがより好ましく、4又は5であることが特に好ましい。
 式1におけるZは、電荷を中和するための対イオンを表すが、式1で表される化合物がその構造中に対応するイオン性の置換基を有し、電荷の中和が必要ない場合には存在しなくともよい。Zがアニオンの場合、ハロゲン化物イオン、スルホネートイオン、カルボキシレートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、p-トルエンスルホネートイオン、p-クロロベンゼンスルホネートイオン、又は、過塩素酸イオンが好ましく、ハロゲン化物イオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、又は、p-トルエンスルホネートイオンがより好ましく、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオンが更に好ましい。Zがカチオンの場合、アルカリ金属イオン、アルカリ土類金属イオン、アンモニウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、又は、スルホニウムイオンが好ましく、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン、アンモニウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、又は、スルホニウムイオンがより好ましく、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン、又は、アンモニウムイオンが更に好ましい。
N in Formula 1 is preferably an integer of 2 to 6, more preferably an integer of 3 to 6, and particularly preferably 4 or 5.
Z in Formula 1 represents a counter ion for neutralizing the charge, but the compound represented by Formula 1 has a corresponding ionic substituent in its structure, and charge neutralization is not necessary Does not have to exist. When Z is an anion, halide ion, sulfonate ion, carboxylate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, p-toluenesulfonate ion, p-chlorobenzenesulfonate ion, or perchlorate ion is preferable, and halide Ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, or p-toluenesulfonate ions are more preferable, and hexafluorophosphate ions are still more preferable. When Z is a cation, an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth metal ion, an ammonium ion, a pyridinium ion, or a sulfonium ion is preferable, a sodium ion, a potassium ion, an ammonium ion, a pyridinium ion, or a sulfonium ion is more preferable, and sodium Ions, potassium ions, or ammonium ions are more preferable.
 また、式1で表される化合物は、発色性、及び、経時後の発色維持性の観点から、ヘテロ原子を介して共役鎖に結合する分解性基を有することが好ましく、R、R及びRにおいて、ヘテロ原子を介して共役鎖に結合する分解性基を有することがより好ましい。
 上記ヘテロ原子を介して共役鎖に結合する分解性基におけるヘテロ原子としては、発色性、及び、分解性の観点から、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は、硫黄原子が好ましく挙げられ、酸素原子が特に好ましく挙げられる。
 上記ヘテロ原子を介して共役鎖に結合する分解性基としては、ピリジニウム構造を有する基であることが好ましく、下記式5で表される基であることがより好ましく、下記式Dで表される基であることが特に好ましい。
In addition, the compound represented by Formula 1 preferably has a decomposable group that is bonded to a conjugated chain via a heteroatom from the viewpoints of color developability and color retention after time, and R 1 , R 2 And R 3 more preferably has a decomposable group bonded to the conjugated chain via a hetero atom.
As the hetero atom in the decomposable group bonded to the conjugated chain via the hetero atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom is preferably mentioned from the viewpoint of color developability and decomposability, and the oxygen atom is particularly preferable. Preferably mentioned.
The decomposable group bonded to the conjugated chain through the heteroatom is preferably a group having a pyridinium structure, more preferably a group represented by the following formula 5, and represented by the following formula D. Particularly preferred is a group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式5中、R15は炭化水素基を表し、R16はそれぞれ独立に、下記式6で表される基、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基、又は、イミノ基を表し、R16のうち、少なくとも1つは下記式6で表される基である。 In Formula 5, R 15 represents a hydrocarbon group, and R 16 each independently represents a group represented by the following Formula 6, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group Represents an acyl group, a hydroxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group, or an imino group, and at least one of R 16 is represented by the following formula 6. Group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式6中、*は式5におけるピリジニウム環との連結位置を表し、**は式1~式4におけるポリメチン鎖との連結位置を表し、Lは単結合、又は、炭素数1~10の二価の炭化水素基を表し、上記二価の炭化水素基におけるメチレン基は一部、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、カルボニル結合、エステル結合、アミノ結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、アミド結合、及び、イミノ結合よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構造に置き換わってもよい。 In Formula 6, * represents a connecting position with the pyridinium ring in Formula 5, ** represents a connecting position with the polymethine chain in Formula 1 to Formula 4, and L 1 is a single bond or a carbon number of 1 to 10 Represents a divalent hydrocarbon group, the methylene group in the divalent hydrocarbon group is partly an ether bond, thioether bond, carbonyl bond, ester bond, amino bond, urethane bond, urea bond, amide bond, and imino It may be replaced with at least one structure selected from the group consisting of bonds.
 式5におけるR15は、炭素数1~12のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~12の直鎖アルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~8の直鎖アルキル基であることが更に好ましく、メチル基であることが特に好ましい。
 式5において、R16のうちの1つが、上記式6で表される基であることが好ましい。
 また、式5におけるR16はそれぞれ独立に、上記式6で表される基、水素原子、又は、炭化水素基であることが好ましく、上記式6で表される基、又は、水素原子であることがより好ましい。
 式6において、発色性の観点から、ヘテロ原子を介して上記式1~式4におけるポリメチン鎖と結合することが好ましい。上記ヘテロ原子としては、発色性、及び、分解性の観点から、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は、硫黄原子が好ましく挙げられ、酸素原子が特に好ましく挙げられる。
R 15 in Formula 5 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a linear alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. More preferred is a methyl group.
In Formula 5, it is preferable that one of R 16 is a group represented by Formula 6 above.
In addition, R 16 in Formula 5 is preferably independently a group represented by Formula 6 above, a hydrogen atom, or a hydrocarbon group, and is a group represented by Formula 6 above or a hydrogen atom. It is more preferable.
In Formula 6, it is preferable to bond to the polymethine chain in Formulas 1 to 4 through a hetero atom from the viewpoint of color development. As said hetero atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom is mentioned preferably from a coloring property and a decomposable viewpoint, An oxygen atom is especially preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 式D中、RD1はアルキル基を表し、RD2は水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Zは、電荷を中和する対イオンを表す。 In Formula D, R D1 represents an alkyl group, R D2 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and Z D represents a counter ion that neutralizes charge.
 式Dにおけるピリジニウム環とRD2を含む炭化水素基との結合位置は、ピリジニウム環の3位又は4位であることが好ましく、ピリジニウム環の4位であることがより好ましい。
 式DにおけるRD1及びRD2におけるアルキル基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐を有していても、環構造を有していてもよい。
 また、上記アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、アルコキシ基、及び、末端アルコキシポリアルキレンオキシ基が好ましく挙げられる。
 式DにおけるRD1は、炭素数1~12のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~12の直鎖アルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~8の直鎖アルキル基であることが更に好ましく、メチル基であることが特に好ましい。
 式DにおけるRD2は、水素原子又は炭素数1~8のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~8のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数3~8の分岐アルキル基であることが更に好ましく、イソプロピル基又はt-ブチル基であることが特に好ましい。
 式DにおけるZは、電荷を中和する対イオンであればよく、また、上記Zと上記Zとが同じもの、すなわち、式1において上記Zは、上記Zとして存在してもよい。また、Zは、スルホネートイオン、カルボキシレートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、p-トルエンスルホネートイオン、又は、過塩素酸塩イオンであることが好ましく、p-トルエンスルホネートイオン、又は、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオンであることがより好ましい。
The bonding position between the pyridinium ring in Formula D and the hydrocarbon group containing R D2 is preferably the 3rd or 4th position of the pyridinium ring, and more preferably the 4th position of the pyridinium ring.
The alkyl groups in R D1 and R D2 in Formula D may be linear, branched, or have a ring structure.
The alkyl group may have a substituent, and preferred examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group and a terminal alkoxy polyalkyleneoxy group.
R D1 in Formula D is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a linear alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. More preferred is a methyl group.
R D2 in Formula D is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms. It is more preferable that it is an isopropyl group or a t-butyl group.
Z D in formula D may be any counterion for neutralizing the electric charge, also the Z and the above Z D are the same, i.e., the Z D in Formula 1 may exist as the Z . Z D is preferably a sulfonate ion, a carboxylate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a p-toluenesulfonate ion, or a perchlorate ion, and a p-toluenesulfonate ion, or More preferably, it is a hexafluorophosphate ion.
 本開示に係る発色組成物に含まれる式1で表される化合物は、発色性の観点から、式2で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by Formula 1 contained in the coloring composition according to the present disclosure is preferably a compound represented by Formula 2 from the viewpoint of color developability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式2中、Aは窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子よりなる群から選ばれた原子を少なくとも1つ含む環構造を表し、ArはN、O又はSを含む環構造を表し、Lは-CH-、-CHR-、-C(R-、-NR-、-O-又は-S-を表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基又はイミノ基を表し、2以上のR~Rは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、1以上のR~RとA、L又はArとは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nは1~6の整数を表し、Zは電荷を中和するための対イオンを表す。 In Formula 2, A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, Ar represents a ring structure containing N + , O + or S + , and L Represents —CH 2 —, —CHR a —, —C (R a ) 2 —, —NR a —, —O— or —S—, each R a independently represents a hydrocarbon group, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group, urethane Represents a group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, and two or more R 1 to R 3 may combine to form a ring structure and one or more R 1 to R 3 and A, L or Combines with Ar to form a ring structure N represents an integer of 1 to 6, and Z represents a counter ion for neutralizing the electric charge.
 式2におけるA、n及びZはそれぞれ、式1におけるA、n及びZと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 また、式2におけるR、R及びRはそれぞれ、1以上のR~RとL又はArとが結合して環構造を形成してもよいこと以外は、式1におけるR、R及びRと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式2におけるArは、N、O、Sのいずれかを含む炭素数3~20の環構造であることが好ましい。また、Arは、芳香環構造を含むことが好ましい。更に、Arは、発色性の観点から、Nを含むことが好ましく、Nを含む6員環構造を少なくとも1つ含むことがより好ましく、ピリジニウム環構造であることが特に好ましい。
 式2におけるLは-CH-、-CHR-、-C(R-、-O-、又は、-S-であることが好ましく、-C(R-、-O-、又は、-S-であることがより好ましく、-C(R-、又は、-O-であることが特に好ましい。
 式2におけるRは、炭素数1~20の炭化水素基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~15の炭化水素基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基であることが特に好ましい。
A, n, and Z in Formula 2 are the same as A, n, and Z in Formula 1, respectively, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
Further, each of R 1, R 2 and R 3 in Formula 2, except that which may form one or more R 1 ~ R 3 and L or Ar and is bonded to a ring structure, R 1 in Formula 1 , R 2 and R 3 , and preferred embodiments are also the same.
Ar in Formula 2 is preferably a ring structure having 3 to 20 carbon atoms including any of N + , O + , and S + . Ar preferably includes an aromatic ring structure. Furthermore, Ar preferably contains N + from the viewpoint of color developability, more preferably contains at least one 6-membered ring structure containing N +, and particularly preferably a pyridinium ring structure.
L in Formula 2 is preferably —CH 2 —, —CHR a —, —C (R a ) 2 —, —O—, or —S—, and —C (R a ) 2 —, —O -Or -S- is more preferable, and -C (R a ) 2- or -O- is particularly preferable.
R a in Formula 2 is preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Is particularly preferred.
 本開示に係る発色組成物に含まれる式1で表される化合物は、発色性の観点から、式3で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 The compound represented by Formula 1 contained in the coloring composition according to the present disclosure is more preferably a compound represented by Formula 3 from the viewpoint of color developability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式3中、Aは窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子よりなる群から選ばれた原子を少なくとも1つ含む環構造を表し、2つのAのうち一方はNを表し、他方は炭素原子を表し、Lは-CH-、-CHR-、-C(R-、-NR-、-O-又は-S-を表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基又はイミノ基を表し、2以上のR~Rは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、1以上のR~RとA、L又は1以上のR~Rとは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基、イミノ基、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基又はリン酸基を表し、2以上のR~Rは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nは1~6の整数を表し、Zは電荷を中和するための対イオンを表す。 In Formula 3, A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, one of the two A 1 represents N + , and the other represents a carbon atom. L represents —CH 2 —, —CHR a —, —C (R a ) 2 —, —NR a —, —O— or —S—, and each R a independently represents a hydrocarbon group. , R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group Represents a group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, and two or more R 1 to R 3 may combine to form a ring structure, and one or more of R 1 to R 3 and A , L or one or more R 4 to R 7 may combine with each other to form a ring structure, and R 4 to R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an acyl group, Represents a hydroxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group, an imino group, a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group, and two or more R 4 to R 7 May combine to form a ring structure, n represents an integer of 1 to 6, and Z represents a counter ion for neutralizing the charge.
 式3におけるA、n及びZはそれぞれ、式1におけるA、n及びZと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 また、式3におけるR、R及びRはそれぞれ、1以上のR~RとL又は1以上のR~Rとが結合して環構造を形成してもよいこと以外は、式1におけるR、R及びRと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式3における2つのAのうち一方はNを表し、他方は炭素原子を表し、Rが結合したAがNであることが好ましい。
 式3におけるR~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、アニリノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基、又は、イミノ基であることが好ましく、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、アニリノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、又は、アミド基であることがより好ましい。また、2以上のR~Rは結合して環構造を形成していることが好ましい。
A, n, and Z in Formula 3 are the same as A, n, and Z in Formula 1, respectively, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
Further, R 1, R 2 and R 3, except that which may form one or more R 1 ~ R 3 and L or one or more R 4 ~ R 7 are bonded to the ring structure in Formula 3 Is synonymous with R 1 , R 2 and R 3 in Formula 1, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
One of the two A 1 in Formula 3 represents N +, the other represents a carbon atom, it is preferable A 1 where R 4 is bound is N +.
R 4 to R 7 in Formula 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group , Anilino group, urethane group, urea group, amide group, nitrile group or imino group, preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, an anilino group. A group, a urethane group, a urea group, or an amide group is more preferable. Further, two or more R 4 to R 7 are preferably bonded to form a ring structure.
 本開示に係る発色組成物に含まれる式1で表される化合物は、発色性の観点から、式4で表される化合物であることが更に好ましい。 The compound represented by Formula 1 contained in the coloring composition according to the present disclosure is more preferably a compound represented by Formula 4 from the viewpoint of color developability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式4中、Aは窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子よりなる群から選ばれた原子を少なくとも1つ含む環構造を表し、2つのAのうち一方はNを表し、他方は炭素原子を表し、Lは-CH-、-CHR-、-C(R-、-NR-、-O-又は-S-を表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、R~R14はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基、イミノ基、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基又はリン酸基を表し、2以上のR~R14は結合して環構造を形成してもよく、1以上のR~R14とA又はLとは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Zは電荷を中和するための対イオンを表す。 In Formula 4, A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, one of the two A 1 represents N + , and the other represents a carbon atom. L represents —CH 2 —, —CHR a —, —C (R a ) 2 —, —NR a —, —O— or —S—, and each R a independently represents a hydrocarbon group. R 4 to R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group, urethane Group, urea group, amide group, nitrile group, imino group, carboxylic acid group, sulfonic acid group or phosphoric acid group, and two or more R 4 to R 14 may be bonded to form a ring structure. or more of R 4 ~ 14 and the A or L may form a ring structure, Z is a counter ion for neutralizing a charge.
 式4におけるA及びZはそれぞれ、式1におけるA及びZと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 また、式4におけるA、L及びRはそれぞれ、式3におけるA、L及びRと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式4におけるR~R14はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基、又は、イミノ基であることが好ましく、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、又は、アミノ基であることがより好ましく、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、又は、アミノ基であることが特に好ましい。また、発色性の観点から、2以上のR~R14は結合して環構造を形成していることが好ましく、R10とR12とが結合して環構造を形成していることがより好ましい。
 R10とR12とが結合して形成する上記環構造は、発色性の観点から、5又は6員環構造を少なくとも1つ以上有する環構造であることが好ましく、5員環構造を少なくとも1つ以上有する環構造であることがより好ましい。
 また、式4におけるR11は、発色性の観点から、上記式5で表される基であることが好ましい。
A and Z in Formula 4 have the same meanings as A and Z in Formula 1, respectively, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
Further, each of A 1, L and R a in Formula 4, has the same meaning as A 1, L and R a in Formula 3, preferred embodiment is also the same.
R 8 to R 14 in Formula 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group, urethane group , Urea group, amide group, nitrile group, or imino group, hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy It is more preferably a group or an amino group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, or an amino group. From the viewpoint of color development, two or more R 4 to R 14 are preferably bonded to form a ring structure, and R 10 and R 12 are bonded to form a ring structure. More preferred.
The ring structure formed by combining R 10 and R 12 is preferably a ring structure having at least one 5- or 6-membered ring structure from the viewpoint of color development, and preferably has at least one 5-membered ring structure. It is more preferable that the ring structure has one or more.
R 11 in Formula 4 is preferably a group represented by Formula 5 from the viewpoint of color developability.
 以下に式1で表される化合物の好ましい例を挙げるが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、TsOは、トシレートアニオンを表す。 Preferred examples of the compound represented by Formula 1 are listed below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. TsO represents a tosylate anion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 式1で表される化合物は、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本開示に係る発色組成物において、式1で表される化合物の含有量は、発色組成物の全固形分中、0.1~95質量%が好ましく、1~50質量%がより好ましく、1~40質量%が更に好ましい。なお、本開示における全固形分とは、組成物における溶剤等の揮発性成分を除いた成分の総量である。
The compound represented by Formula 1 may be used individually by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types together.
In the color forming composition according to the present disclosure, the content of the compound represented by Formula 1 is preferably 0.1 to 95% by mass, more preferably 1 to 50% by mass, based on the total solid content of the color forming composition. More preferable is 40 mass%. The total solid content in the present disclosure is the total amount of components excluding volatile components such as a solvent in the composition.
 式1で表される化合物は、公知の方法を適用することにより合成することができる。例えば、特開2006-299230号公報に記載の方法で2,3,3-トリメチル-3H-ピロロ〔2,3-b〕ピリジンを合成した後、国際公開第2016/027886号に記載の方法で色素化、メソ位の置換反応により合成できる。 The compound represented by Formula 1 can be synthesized by applying a known method. For example, after synthesizing 2,3,3-trimethyl-3H-pyrrolo [2,3-b] pyridine by the method described in JP-A-2006-299230, the method described in International Publication No. 2016/027886 is used. It can be synthesized by dyeing and substitution reaction at the meso position.
[ポリマー]
 本開示に係る発色組成物は、塗布性及び成膜性の観点から、ポリマーを含有することが好ましい。ポリマーの種類は、公知のポリマーであれば特に限定されないが、皮膜形成用ポリマー、後述するミクロゲル又は後述するポリマー粒子が好ましく挙げられる。皮膜形成用ポリマーとしては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ポリウレタン、ポリエステル、ポリアミド、ポリエーテル、ポリカーボネート、ポリウレア、ポリオレフィン、ビニル樹脂、ポリアミン等が挙げられる。発色組成物に用いるポリマーの形態は、組成物に溶解させて添加してもよいし、後述するミクロゲル又は後述するポリマー粒子などのポリマー分散物して添加してもよい。組成物に溶解させて添加するポリマーとしては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ポリウレタン、ポリエステル、ビニル樹脂が好ましく、ミクロゲルやポリマー粒子分散物としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ポリウレタン、ポリアミド、ポリウレア、ポリオレフィン、ビニル樹脂が好ましい。
[polymer]
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a polymer from the viewpoints of coatability and film formability. The type of polymer is not particularly limited as long as it is a known polymer, but a film-forming polymer, a microgel described later, or a polymer particle described later is preferably exemplified. Examples of the film-forming polymer include (meth) acrylic resin, polyurethane, polyester, polyamide, polyether, polycarbonate, polyurea, polyolefin, vinyl resin, polyamine and the like. The polymer used in the coloring composition may be added after being dissolved in the composition, or may be added as a polymer dispersion such as a microgel described later or polymer particles described later. The polymer added by dissolving in the composition is preferably a (meth) acrylic resin, polyurethane, polyester, or vinyl resin, and the microgel or polymer particle dispersion is a (meth) acrylic resin, polyurethane, polyamide, polyurea, polyolefin, Vinyl resin is preferred.
 組成物に溶解させて添加する場合、機上現像型の平版印刷版原版に好適なポリマーとしては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ポリウレタン、ポリエステル、ビニル樹脂が好ましく、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ポリウレタンがより好ましい。
上記ポリマーとしては、アルキレンオキサイド鎖を有するポリマーが特に好ましい。アルキレンオキサイド鎖を有するポリマーは、ポリ(アルキレンオキサイド)部位を主鎖に有していても側鎖に有していてもよい。また、ポリ(アルキレンオキサイド)を側鎖に有するグラフトポリマーでも、ポリ(アルキレンオキサイド)含有繰返し単位で構成されるブロックと(アルキレンオキサイド)非含有繰返し単位で構成されるブロックとのブロックコポリマーでもよい。
 ポリ(アルキレンオキサイド)部位を主鎖に有する場合は、ポリウレタンが好ましい。ポリ(アルキレンオキサイド)部位を側鎖に有する場合の主鎖のポリマーとしては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール、ポリウレタン、ポリウレア、ポリイミド、ポリアミド、エポキシ樹脂、ポリスチレン、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂、ポリエステル、合成ゴム、及び、天然ゴムが挙げられ、(メタ)アクリル樹脂が特に好ましい。
In the case where it is added after being dissolved in the composition, the polymer suitable for the on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor is preferably a (meth) acrylic resin, polyurethane, polyester or vinyl resin, more preferably a (meth) acrylic resin or polyurethane. preferable.
As the polymer, a polymer having an alkylene oxide chain is particularly preferable. The polymer having an alkylene oxide chain may have a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the main chain or a side chain. Further, it may be a graft polymer having poly (alkylene oxide) in the side chain, or a block copolymer of a block composed of poly (alkylene oxide) -containing repeating units and a block composed of (alkylene oxide) -free repeating units.
Polyurethane is preferred when it has a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the main chain. The main chain polymer with a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the side chain is (meth) acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal, polyurethane, polyurea, polyimide, polyamide, epoxy resin, polystyrene, novolac phenolic resin, polyester, synthesis Examples thereof include rubber and natural rubber, and (meth) acrylic resin is particularly preferable.
 アルキレンオキサイドとしては、炭素数が2~6のアルキレンオキサイドが好ましく、エチレンオキサイド又はプロピレンオキサイドが特に好ましい。
 ポリ(アルキレンオキサイド)部位におけるアルキレンオキサイドの繰返し数は、2~120が好ましく、2~70がより好ましく、2~50が更に好ましい。
 アルキレンオキサイドの繰返し数が120以下であれば、皮膜強度の低下が抑制される。
As the alkylene oxide, an alkylene oxide having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and ethylene oxide or propylene oxide is particularly preferable.
The repeating number of alkylene oxide at the poly (alkylene oxide) site is preferably 2 to 120, more preferably 2 to 70, and still more preferably 2 to 50.
If the repeating number of alkylene oxide is 120 or less, a decrease in film strength is suppressed.
 ポリ(アルキレンオキサイド)部位は、ポリマーの側鎖として、下記式(AO)で表される構造で含有されることが好ましく、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の側鎖として、下記式(AO)で表される構造で含有されることがより好ましい。 The poly (alkylene oxide) moiety is preferably contained as a side chain of the polymer in a structure represented by the following formula (AO), and is represented by the following formula (AO) as a side chain of the (meth) acrylic resin. More preferably, it is contained in a structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 式(AO)中、yは2~120を表し、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Rは水素原子又は一価の有機基を表す。
 一価の有機基としては、炭素数1~6のアルキル基が好ましい。具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基、1,1-ジメチルブチル基、2,2-ジメチルブチル基、シクロペンチル基及びシクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。
 式(AO)において、yは2~70が好ましく、2~50がより好ましい。Rは水素原子又はメチル基が好ましく、水素原子が特に好ましい。Rは水素原子又はメチル基が特に好ましい。
In the formula (AO), y represents 2 to 120, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
As the monovalent organic group, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable. Specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, n- Examples include a hexyl group, an isohexyl group, a 1,1-dimethylbutyl group, a 2,2-dimethylbutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
In the formula (AO), y is preferably 2 to 70, more preferably 2 to 50. R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom. R 2 is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 ポリマーは、層の皮膜強度を向上するために、架橋性を有することが好ましい。ポリマーに架橋性を付与するためには、エチレン性不飽和結合などの架橋性基を導入し光架橋性を付与するか、或いは熱可塑性を持たせ熱架橋性を付与すればよい。架橋性基は高分子の主鎖又は側鎖のいずれの箇所に導入でき、共重合により導入する方法、重合した後ポリマー反応により導入する方法が挙げられる。熱可塑性を付与するためにはポリマーのガラス転移温度を調整すればよい。
 主鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を有するポリマーの例としては、ポリブタジエン、ポリイソプレンなどが挙げられる。
 側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を有するポリマーの例としては、側鎖に(メタ)アクリレート基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、ビニル基、又は、アリル基を有するポリマーが挙げられる。
 ガラス転移温度を調整する方法としては、共重合するモノマーの組成やポリマーの分子量を変更し調整することができる。
The polymer preferably has crosslinkability in order to improve the film strength of the layer. In order to impart crosslinkability to the polymer, a crosslinkable group such as an ethylenically unsaturated bond may be introduced to impart photocrosslinkability, or thermoplasticity may be imparted to impart thermal crosslinkability. The crosslinkable group can be introduced into either the main chain or the side chain of the polymer, and examples thereof include a method of introducing by copolymerization and a method of introducing by polymerization after polymerization. In order to impart thermoplasticity, the glass transition temperature of the polymer may be adjusted.
Examples of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the main chain include polybutadiene and polyisoprene.
Examples of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain include a polymer having a (meth) acrylate group, a (meth) acrylamide group, a vinyl group, or an allyl group in the side chain.
As a method for adjusting the glass transition temperature, the composition of the monomer to be copolymerized and the molecular weight of the polymer can be changed and adjusted.
 ポリマー中の架橋性基の含有量(ヨウ素滴定によるラジカル重合可能な不飽和二重結合の含有量)は、皮膜強度の観点から、バインダーポリマー1g当たり、0.1~10.0mmolが好ましく、1.0~7.0mmolがより好ましく、2.0~5.5mmolが特に好ましい。 The content of the crosslinkable group in the polymer (content of unsaturated double bond capable of radical polymerization by iodine titration) is preferably 0.1 to 10.0 mmol per 1 g of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of film strength. 0.0 to 7.0 mmol is more preferable, and 2.0 to 5.5 mmol is particularly preferable.
 以下にポリマーの具体例1~11を示すが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。下記例示化合物中、各繰返し単位に併記される数値(主鎖繰返し単位に併記される数値)は、上記繰返し単位のモル百分率を表す。側鎖の繰返し単位に併記される数値は、上記繰返し部位の繰返し数を示す。また、Meはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。 Specific examples 1 to 11 of the polymer are shown below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In the following exemplary compounds, a numerical value written together with each repeating unit (a numerical value written together with the main chain repeating unit) represents a mole percentage of the repeating unit. The numerical value written together with the repeating unit of the side chain indicates the number of repeating parts. Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 本開示に用いられるポリマーの分子量は、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)法によるポリスチレン換算値として重量平均分子量(Mw)が、2,000以上であることが好ましく、5,000以上であることが好ましく、10,000~300,000であることがより好ましい。
 また、本開示において、オリゴマーは、Mw800以上2,000未満のものとし、ポリマーは、Mw2,000以上のものとする。
As for the molecular weight of the polymer used in the present disclosure, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 2,000 or more, preferably 5,000 or more, as a polystyrene conversion value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). More preferably, it is 10,000 to 300,000.
In the present disclosure, the oligomer is Mw 800 or more and less than 2,000, and the polymer is Mw 2,000 or more.
 必要に応じて、特開2008-195018号公報に記載のポリアクリル酸、ポリビニルアルコールなどの親水性ポリマーを併用することができる。また、親油的なポリマーと親水的なポリマーとを併用することもできる。 If necessary, hydrophilic polymers such as polyacrylic acid and polyvinyl alcohol described in JP-A-2008-195018 can be used in combination. Further, a lipophilic polymer and a hydrophilic polymer can be used in combination.
 本開示に係る発色組成物においては、ポリマーを1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 ポリマーは、発色組成物中に任意な量で含有させることができる。
 ポリマーの含有量は、発色組成物の用途などにより適宜選択できるが、発色組成物の全固形分に対して、1~90質量%が好ましく、5~80質量%がより好ましい。
In the coloring composition according to the present disclosure, the polymers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The polymer can be contained in the coloring composition in any amount.
The content of the polymer can be appropriately selected depending on the use of the color forming composition, but is preferably 1 to 90% by mass, and more preferably 5 to 80% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the color forming composition.
[重合開始剤]
 本開示に係る発色組成物は、重合開始剤を含有してもよい。発色組成物に用いられる重合開始剤は、光、熱あるいはその両方のエネルギーによりラジカルやカチオン等の重合開始種を発生する化合物であり、公知の熱重合開始剤、結合解離エネルギーの小さな結合を有する化合物、光重合開始剤などから適宜選択して用いることができる。
 重合開始剤としては、赤外線感光性重合開始剤が好ましい。また、重合開始剤としては、ラジカル重合開始剤が好ましい。
 ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、(a)有機ハロゲン化物、(b)カルボニル化合物、(c)アゾ化合物、(d)有機過酸化物、(e)メタロセン化合物、(f)アジド化合物、(g)ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、(h)ジスルホン化合物、(i)オキシムエステル化合物、及び、(j)オニウム塩化合物が挙げられる。
[Polymerization initiator]
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a polymerization initiator. The polymerization initiator used in the coloring composition is a compound that generates polymerization initiation species such as radicals and cations by energy of light, heat, or both, and has a known thermal polymerization initiator and a bond with small bond dissociation energy. It can be appropriately selected from compounds, photopolymerization initiators, and the like.
As a polymerization initiator, an infrared photosensitive polymerization initiator is preferable. Moreover, as a polymerization initiator, a radical polymerization initiator is preferable.
Examples of the radical polymerization initiator include (a) an organic halide, (b) a carbonyl compound, (c) an azo compound, (d) an organic peroxide, (e) a metallocene compound, (f) an azide compound, (g ) Hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, (h) disulfone compounds, (i) oxime ester compounds, and (j) onium salt compounds.
 (a)有機ハロゲン化物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0022~0023に記載の化合物が好ましい。
 (b)カルボニル化合物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0024に記載の化合物が好ましい。
 (c)アゾ化合物としては、例えば、特開平8-108621号公報に記載のアゾ化合物等が挙げられる。
 (d)有機過酸化物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0025に記載の化合物が好ましい。
 (e)メタロセン化合物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0026に記載の化合物が好ましい。
 (f)アジド化合物としては、例えば、2,6-ビス(4-アジドベンジリデン)-4-メチルシクロヘキサノン等の化合物が挙げられる。
 (g)ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0027に記載の化合物が好ましい。
 (h)ジスルホン化合物としては、例えば、特開昭61-166544号、特開2002-328465号の各公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
 (i)オキシムエステル化合物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0028~0030に記載の化合物が好ましい。
As the (a) organic halide, for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0023 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
As the (b) carbonyl compound, for example, compounds described in paragraph 0024 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
Examples of (c) azo compounds include the azo compounds described in JP-A-8-108621.
As the (d) organic peroxide, for example, compounds described in paragraph 0025 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
As the (e) metallocene compound, for example, compounds described in paragraph 0026 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferred.
Examples of (f) an azide compound include compounds such as 2,6-bis (4-azidobenzylidene) -4-methylcyclohexanone.
(G) As the hexaarylbiimidazole compound, for example, a compound described in paragraph 0027 of JP-A-2008-195018 is preferable.
Examples of (h) disulfone compounds include compounds described in JP-A Nos. 61-166544 and 2002-328465.
(I) As the oxime ester compound, for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0028 to 0030 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
 重合開始剤の中でも、硬化性の観点から、オキシムエステル化合物及びオニウム塩がより好ましく挙げられ、ヨードニウム塩、スルホニウム塩及びアジニウム塩等のオニウム塩が更に好ましく挙げられる。平版印刷版原版に用いる場合は、ヨードニウム塩、スルホニウム塩が特に好ましい。ヨードニウム塩及びスルホニウム塩の具体例を以下に示すが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Among the polymerization initiators, from the viewpoint of curability, oxime ester compounds and onium salts are more preferable, and onium salts such as iodonium salts, sulfonium salts, and azinium salts are more preferable. When used for a lithographic printing plate precursor, iodonium salts and sulfonium salts are particularly preferred. Specific examples of the iodonium salt and the sulfonium salt are shown below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
 ヨードニウム塩の例としては、ジフェニルヨードニウム塩が好ましく、特に、電子供与性基を置換基として有する、例えば、アルキル基又はアルコキシル基で置換されたジフェニルヨードニウム塩が好ましく、また、非対称のジフェニルヨードニウム塩が好ましい。具体例としては、ジフェニルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、4-メトキシフェニル-4-(2-メチルプロピル)フェニルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、4-(2-メチルプロピル)フェニル-p-トリルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、4-ヘキシルオキシフェニル-2,4,6-トリメトキシフェニルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、4-ヘキシルオキシフェニル-2,4-ジエトキシフェニルヨードニウム=テトラフルオロボラート、4-オクチルオキシフェニル-2,4,6-トリメトキシフェニルヨードニウム=1-ペルフルオロブタンスルホナート、4-オクチルオキシフェニル-2,4,6-トリメトキシフェニルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、及び、ビス(4-t-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファートが挙げられる。 As an example of the iodonium salt, a diphenyl iodonium salt is preferable, and a diphenyl iodonium salt having an electron donating group as a substituent, for example, substituted with an alkyl group or an alkoxyl group is preferable, and an asymmetric diphenyl iodonium salt is also preferable. preferable. Specific examples include diphenyliodonium = hexafluorophosphate, 4-methoxyphenyl-4- (2-methylpropyl) phenyliodonium = hexafluorophosphate, 4- (2-methylpropyl) phenyl-p-tolyliodonium = hexa Fluorophosphate, 4-hexyloxyphenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium = hexafluorophosphate, 4-hexyloxyphenyl-2,4-diethoxyphenyliodonium = tetrafluoroborate, 4-octyloxy Phenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium = 1-perfluorobutanesulfonate, 4-octyloxyphenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium = hexafluorophosphate, and Scan (4-t- butylphenyl) iodonium hexafluorophosphate and the like.
 スルホニウム塩の例としては、トリアリールスルホニウム塩が好ましく、特に電子求引性基を置換基として有する、例えば、芳香環上の基の少なくとも一部がハロゲン原子で置換されたトリアリールスルホニウム塩が好ましく、芳香環上のハロゲン原子の総置換数が4以上であるトリアリールスルホニウム塩がより好ましい。具体例としては、トリフェニルスルホニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、トリフェニルスルホニウム=ベンゾイルホルマート、ビス(4-クロロフェニル)フェニルスルホニウム=ベンゾイルホルマート、ビス(4-クロロフェニル)-4-メチルフェニルスルホニウム=テトラフルオロボラート、トリス(4-クロロフェニル)スルホニウム=3,5-ビス(メトキシカルボニル)ベンゼンスルホナート、トリス(4-クロロフェニル)スルホニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、及び、トリス(2,4-ジクロロフェニル)スルホニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファートが挙げられる。 As an example of the sulfonium salt, a triarylsulfonium salt is preferable, and in particular, a triarylsulfonium salt having an electron withdrawing group as a substituent, for example, at least a part of the group on the aromatic ring is substituted with a halogen atom is preferable. A triarylsulfonium salt in which the total number of halogen atoms on the aromatic ring is 4 or more is more preferable. Specific examples include triphenylsulfonium = hexafluorophosphate, triphenylsulfonium = benzoylformate, bis (4-chlorophenyl) phenylsulfonium = benzoylformate, bis (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methylphenylsulfonium = tetrafluoro. Borate, tris (4-chlorophenyl) sulfonium = 3,5-bis (methoxycarbonyl) benzenesulfonate, tris (4-chlorophenyl) sulfonium = hexafluorophosphate, and tris (2,4-dichlorophenyl) sulfonium = hexa Fluorophosphate is mentioned.
 重合開始剤は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 重合開始剤の含有量は、発色組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~50質量%が好ましく、0.5~30質量%がより好ましく、0.8~20質量%が特に好ましい。
A polymerization initiator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
The content of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.8 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the color forming composition. .
[重合性化合物]
 本開示に係る発色組成物は、重合性化合物を含有してもよい。重合性化合物を含有する本開示に係る発色組成物は、熱の付与や赤外線露光による発色性に加えて重合硬化機能を有する硬化性発色組成物であることが好ましい。
 また、本開示に係る発色組成物は、硬化性の観点から、重合開始剤及び重合性化合物を含有する硬化性組成物として好適に用いることができ、赤外線硬化性かつ赤外線感光性発色組成物としてより好適に用いることができる。
 発色組成物に用いられる重合性化合物は、例えば、ラジカル重合性化合物であっても、カチオン重合性化合物であってもよいが、少なくとも1個のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する付加重合性化合物(エチレン性不飽和化合物)であることが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、末端エチレン性不飽和結合を少なくとも1個有する化合物が好ましく、末端エチレン性不飽和結合を2個以上有する化合物がより好ましい。重合性化合物は、例えばモノマー、プレポリマー、即ち、2量体、3量体若しくはオリゴマー、又は、それらの混合物などの化学的形態を持つことができる。
[Polymerizable compound]
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a polymerizable compound. The color forming composition according to the present disclosure containing a polymerizable compound is preferably a curable color forming composition having a polymerization curing function in addition to the color formation by application of heat and infrared exposure.
Further, the coloring composition according to the present disclosure can be suitably used as a curable composition containing a polymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of curability, and as an infrared curable and infrared photosensitive coloring composition. It can be used more suitably.
The polymerizable compound used in the coloring composition may be, for example, a radical polymerizable compound or a cationic polymerizable compound, but an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond (ethylene A unsaturated unsaturated compound). As the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a compound having at least one terminal ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferable, and a compound having two or more terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds is more preferable. The polymerizable compound can have a chemical form such as a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer or an oligomer, or a mixture thereof.
 モノマーの例としては、不飽和カルボン酸(例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、マレイン酸)や、そのエステル類、アミド類が挙げられる。好ましくは、不飽和カルボン酸と多価アルコール化合物とのエステル類、不飽和カルボン酸と多価アミン化合物とのアミド類が用いられる。また、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、メルカプト基等の求核性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル類あるいはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能イソシアネート類あるいはエポキシ類との付加反応物、及び単官能もしくは多官能のカルボン酸との脱水縮合反応物等も好適に使用される。また、イソシアネート基、エポキシ基等の親電子性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル類あるいはアミド類と単官能又は多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との付加反応物、更にハロゲン原子、トシルオキシ基等の脱離性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル類あるいはアミド類と単官能又は多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との置換反応物も好適である。また、別の例として、上記の不飽和カルボン酸を、不飽和ホスホン酸、スチレン、ビニルエーテル等に置き換えた化合物群を使用することもできる。これら化合物は、特表2006-508380号公報、特開2002-287344号公報、特開2008-256850号公報、特開2001-342222号公報、特開平9-179296号公報、特開平9-179297号公報、特開平9-179298号公報、特開2004-294935号公報、特開2006-243493号公報、特開2002-275129号公報、特開2003-64130号公報、特開2003-280187号公報、特開平10-333321号公報等に記載されている。 Examples of monomers include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid), esters thereof, and amides. Preferably, esters of unsaturated carboxylic acid and polyhydric alcohol compound, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acid and polyvalent amine compound are used. Further, an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxy group, an amino group or a mercapto group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy, and a monofunctional or A dehydration condensation reaction product with a polyfunctional carboxylic acid is also preferably used. In addition, an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group and an addition reaction product of a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol, further a halogen atom, A substitution reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a leaving substituent such as a tosyloxy group and a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol is also suitable. As another example, a compound group in which the unsaturated carboxylic acid is replaced with unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene, vinyl ether, or the like can be used. These compounds are disclosed in JP-T-2006-508380, JP-A-2002-287344, JP-A-2008-256850, JP-A-2001-342222, JP-A-9-179296, JP-A-9-179297. JP, 9-179298, JP 2004-294935, JP 2006-243493, JP 2002-275129, JP 2003-64130, JP 2003-280187, It is described in JP-A-10-333321.
 多価アルコール化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルのモノマーの具体例としては、アクリル酸エステルとして、エチレングリコールジアクリレート、1,3-ブタンジオールジアクリレート、テトラメチレングリコールジアクリレート、プロピレングリコールジアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ソルビトールトリアクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシド(EO)変性トリアクリレート、ポリエステルアクリレートオリゴマー等が挙げられる。メタクリル酸エステルとして、テトラメチレングリコールジメタクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジメタクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリメタクリレート、エチレングリコールジメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリメタクリレート、ビス〔p-(3-メタクリルオキシ-2-ヒドロキシプロポキシ)フェニル〕ジメチルメタン、ビス〔p-(メタクリルオキシエトキシ)フェニル〕ジメチルメタン等が挙げられる。また、多価アミン化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのアミドのモノマーの具体例としては、メチレンビスアクリルアミド、メチレンビスメタクリルアミド、1,6-ヘキサメチレンビスアクリルアミド、1,6-ヘキサメチレンビスメタクリルアミド、ジエチレントリアミントリスアクリルアミド、キシリレンビスアクリルアミド、キシリレンビスメタクリルアミド等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of monomers of esters of polyhydric alcohol compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include acrylic acid esters such as ethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, tetramethylene glycol diacrylate, propylene glycol diacrylate, Examples include trimethylolpropane triacrylate, hexanediol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, sorbitol triacrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide (EO) -modified triacrylate, and polyester acrylate oligomer. Methacrylic acid esters include tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, bis [p- (3-methacryloxy-2-hydroxypropoxy) phenyl] Examples thereof include dimethylmethane and bis [p- (methacryloxyethoxy) phenyl] dimethylmethane. Specific examples of amide monomers of polyamine compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include methylene bisacrylamide, methylene bismethacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bisacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bismethacrylamide, Examples include diethylenetriamine trisacrylamide, xylylene bisacrylamide, and xylylene bismethacrylamide.
 また、イソシアネートとヒドロキシ基の付加反応を用いて製造されるウレタン系付加重合性化合物も好適であり、その具体例としては、例えば、特公昭48-41708号公報に記載されている、1分子に2個以上のイソシアネート基を有するポリイソシアネート化合物に下記式(M)で表されるヒドロキシ基を含有するビニルモノマーを付加させて得られる1分子中に2個以上の重合性ビニル基を含有するビニルウレタン化合物等が挙げられる。
 CH=C(RM4)COOCHCH(RM5)OH    (M)
 式(M)中、RM4及びRM5はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
Also suitable are urethane-based addition-polymerizable compounds produced by the addition reaction of isocyanate and hydroxy groups. Specific examples thereof include, for example, one molecule described in JP-B-48-41708. Vinyl containing two or more polymerizable vinyl groups in one molecule obtained by adding a vinyl monomer containing a hydroxy group represented by the following formula (M) to a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups A urethane compound etc. are mentioned.
CH 2 ═C (R M4 ) COOCH 2 CH (R M5 ) OH (M)
In formula (M), R M4 and R M5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 また、特開昭51-37193号公報、特公平2-32293号公報、特公平2-16765号公報、特開2003-344997号公報、特開2006-65210号公報に記載のウレタンアクリレート類、特公昭58-49860号公報、特公昭56-17654号公報、特公昭62-39417号公報、特公昭62-39418号公報、特開2000-250211号公報、特開2007-94138号公報に記載のエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類、米国特許第7153632号明細書、特表平8-505958号公報、特開2007-293221号公報、特開2007-293223号公報に記載の親水基を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。 Further, urethane acrylates described in JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, JP-B-2-16765, JP-A-2003-344997, JP-A-2006-65210, Ethylene described in JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, JP-B-62-39418, JP-A-2000-250211, and JP-A-2007-94138 Urethane compounds having an oxide skeleton, urethane compounds having a hydrophilic group described in US Pat. No. 7,153,632, JP-A-8-505958, JP-A-2007-293221, and JP-A-2007-293223 Are also suitable.
 重合性化合物の構造、単独使用か併用か、添加量等の使用方法の詳細は、最終的な発色組成物の用途等を考慮して任意に設定できる。
 重合性化合物の含有量は、発色組成物の全固形分に対して、5~75質量%が好ましく、10~70質量%がより好ましく、15~60質量%が特に好ましい。
Details of the method of use such as the structure of the polymerizable compound, whether it is used alone or in combination, and the amount added can be arbitrarily set in consideration of the intended use of the final color forming composition.
The content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 5 to 75% by mass, more preferably 10 to 70% by mass, and particularly preferably 15 to 60% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the color forming composition.
[ラジカル生成助剤]
 本開示に係る発色組成物は、ラジカル生成助剤を含有してもよい。ラジカル生成助剤は、発色組成物を平版印刷版原版の画像記録層に用いた場合、平版印刷版における耐刷性の向上に寄与する。ラジカル生成助剤としては、例えば、以下の5種類が挙げられる。
(i)アルキル又はアリールアート錯体:酸化的に炭素-ヘテロ結合が解裂し、活性ラジカルを生成すると考えられる。具体的には、ボレート化合物等が挙げられる。
(ii)アミノ酢酸化合物:酸化により窒素に隣接した炭素上のC-X結合が解裂し、活性ラジカルを生成するものと考えられる。Xとしては、水素原子、カルボキシ基、トリメチルシリル基又はベンジル基が好ましい。具体的には、N-フェニルグリシン類(フェニル基に置換基を有していてもよい。)、N-フェニルイミノジ酢酸(フェニル基に置換基を有していてもよい。)等が挙げられる。
(iii)含硫黄化合物:上述のアミノ酢酸化合物の窒素原子を硫黄原子に置き換えたものが、同様の作用により活性ラジカルを生成し得る。具体的には、フェニルチオ酢酸(フェニル基に置換基を有していてもよい。)等が挙げられる。
(iv)含錫化合物:上述のアミノ酢酸化合物の窒素原子を錫原子に置き換えたものが、同様の作用により活性ラジカルを生成し得る。
(v)スルフィン酸塩類:酸化により活性ラジカルを生成し得る。具体的は、アリールスルフィン酸ナトリウム等が挙げられる。
[Radical generation aid]
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a radical generation aid. The radical generation aid contributes to the improvement of the printing durability in the lithographic printing plate when the color forming composition is used in the image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor. Examples of radical generation aids include the following five types.
(I) Alkyl or aryl ate complex: It is considered that a carbon-hetero bond is oxidatively cleaved to generate an active radical. Specific examples include borate compounds.
(Ii) Aminoacetic acid compound: It is considered that a C—X bond on carbon adjacent to nitrogen is cleaved by oxidation to generate an active radical. X is preferably a hydrogen atom, a carboxy group, a trimethylsilyl group or a benzyl group. Specific examples include N-phenylglycines (which may have a substituent on the phenyl group), N-phenyliminodiacetic acid (which may have a substituent on the phenyl group), and the like. It is done.
(Iii) Sulfur-containing compound: A compound in which the nitrogen atom of the aminoacetic acid compound described above is replaced with a sulfur atom can generate an active radical by the same action. Specific examples include phenylthioacetic acid (which may have a substituent on the phenyl group).
(Iv) Tin-containing compound: A compound in which the nitrogen atom of the above-mentioned aminoacetic acid compound is replaced with a tin atom can generate an active radical by the same action.
(V) Sulfinic acid salts: Active radicals can be generated by oxidation. Specific examples include sodium arylsulfinate.
 これらラジカル生成助剤の中でも、発色組成物は、ボレート化合物を含有することが好ましい。ボレート化合物としては、テトラアリールボレート化合物又はモノアルキルトリアリールボレート化合物が好ましく、化合物の安定性及び後述する電位差の観点から、テトラアリールボレート化合物がより好ましく、後述する電位差の観点から、電子求引性基を有するアリール基を1つ以上有するテトラアリールボレート化合物が特に好ましい。
 電子求引性基としては、ハメット則のσ値が正である基が好ましく、ハメット則のσ値が0~1.2である基がより好ましい。ハメットのσ値(σ値及びσ値)については、Hansch,C.;Leo,A.;Taft,R.W.,Chem.Rev.,1991,91,165-195に詳しく記載されている。
 電子求引性基としては、ハロゲン原子、トリフルオロメチル基又はシアノ基が好ましく、フッ素原子、塩素原子、トリフルオロメチル基又はシアノ基がより好ましい。
 ボレート化合物が有する対カチオンとしては、アルカリ金属イオン又はテトラアルキルアンモニウムイオンが好ましく、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン又はテトラブチルアンモニウムイオンがより好ましい。
Among these radical generation aids, the color forming composition preferably contains a borate compound. As the borate compound, a tetraarylborate compound or a monoalkyltriarylborate compound is preferable. From the viewpoint of stability of the compound and a potential difference described later, a tetraarylborate compound is more preferable, and from the viewpoint of a potential difference described later, an electron withdrawing property. A tetraaryl borate compound having one or more aryl groups having a group is particularly preferable.
The electron withdrawing group is preferably a group having a positive Hammett's σ value, and more preferably a group having a Hammett's σ value of 0 to 1.2. For Hammett σ values (σ p value and σ m value), Hansch, C .; Leo, A .; Taft, R .; W. , Chem. Rev. 1991, 91, 165-195.
As the electron withdrawing group, a halogen atom, a trifluoromethyl group or a cyano group is preferable, and a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a trifluoromethyl group or a cyano group is more preferable.
The counter cation possessed by the borate compound is preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetraalkylammonium ion, more preferably a sodium ion, a potassium ion or a tetrabutylammonium ion.
 発色組成物がボレート化合物を含有する場合、上記式1で表される化合物の最高被占軌道(HOMO)と上記ボレート化合物の最高被占軌道との電位差ΔG2(ΔG2=上記式(1)で表される化合物のHOMO-ボレート化合物のHOMO)が、0.500eV以上が好ましく、0.585eV以上がより好ましく、0.608eV以上1.000eV以下が特に好ましい。
 上記式1で表される化合物のHOMOと上記ボレート化合物のHOMOとの電位差が上記範囲であり、且つ、式1で表される化合物がピリジニウム環構造を有する場合、熱又は赤外線露光時以外におけるボレート化合物の安定性に優れるとともに、熱又は赤外線露光時において、ボレート化合物のHOMOより上記式1で表される化合物のHOMOへ電子移動が生じることにより、上記式1で表される化合物の最低空軌道(LUMO)への励起を促進し、上記式1で表される化合物の分解を促進すると考えられる。また、上記式1で表される化合物から重合開始剤への電子移動も促進し、発色組成物を平版印刷版原版の画像記録層に用いた場合、平版印刷版における耐刷性の向上に寄与すると考えられる。
When the coloring composition contains a borate compound, the potential difference ΔG2 between the highest occupied orbit (HOMO) of the compound represented by the formula 1 and the highest occupied orbit of the borate compound (ΔG2 = expressed by the above formula (1)). HOMO-borate compound HOMO) is preferably 0.500 eV or more, more preferably 0.585 eV or more, particularly preferably 0.608 eV or more and 1.000 eV or less.
When the potential difference between the HOMO of the compound represented by the formula 1 and the HOMO of the borate compound is in the above range and the compound represented by the formula 1 has a pyridinium ring structure, the borate other than at the time of heat or infrared exposure In addition to excellent stability of the compound, electron transfer occurs from the HOMO of the borate compound to the HOMO of the compound represented by the above formula 1 at the time of heat or infrared exposure, so that the lowest empty orbit of the compound represented by the above formula 1 It is considered that the excitation to (LUMO) is promoted and the decomposition of the compound represented by Formula 1 is promoted. In addition, the electron transfer from the compound represented by the above formula 1 to the polymerization initiator is promoted, and when the color forming composition is used for the image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor, it contributes to the improvement of printing durability in the lithographic printing plate. I think that.
 上記式1で表される化合物のHOMO及びLUMOの計算は、以下の方法により行う。
 まず、計算対象となる化合物における対アニオンは無視する。
 量子化学計算ソフトウェアGaussian09を用い、構造最適化はDFT(B3LYP/6-31G(d))で行う。
 MO(分子軌道)エネルギー計算は、上記構造最適化で得た構造でDFT(B3LYP/6-31+G(d,p)/CPCM(solvent=methanol))で行う。
 上記MOエネルギー計算で得られたMOエネルギーEpre(単位:hartree)を以下の公式により、本開示においてHOMO及びLUMOの値として用いるEaft(単位:eV)へ変換する。
  Eaft=0.823168×27.2114×Epre-1.07634
 なお、27.2114は単にhartreeをeVに変換するための係数であり、0.823168と-1.07634とは調節係数であり、計算対象となる化合物のHOMOとLUMOとを計算が実測の値に合うように定めた。
 式1で表される化合物のHOMOとボレート化合物のHOMOとの差分からΔG2を求める(ΔG2=式1で表される化合物のHOMO-ボレート化合物のHOMO)。
Calculation of HOMO and LUMO of the compound represented by Formula 1 is performed by the following method.
First, the counter anion in the compound to be calculated is ignored.
The structure optimization is performed by DFT (B3LYP / 6-31G (d)) using quantum chemistry calculation software Gaussian09.
The MO (molecular orbital) energy calculation is performed by DFT (B3LYP / 6-31 + G (d, p) / CPCM (solvent = methanol)) with the structure obtained by the above structure optimization.
The MO energy Epre (unit: hartree) obtained by the MO energy calculation is converted into Eaft (unit: eV) used as values of HOMO and LUMO in the present disclosure by the following formula.
Eaft = 0.823168 × 27.2114 × Epre−1.07634
Note that 27.2114 is a coefficient for simply converting hartree to eV, 0.823168 and -1.07634 are adjustment coefficients, and HOMO and LUMO of the compound to be calculated are calculated values. It was decided to suit.
ΔG2 is determined from the difference between the HOMO of the compound represented by Formula 1 and the HOMO of the borate compound (ΔG2 = HOMO of the compound represented by Formula 1—HOMO of the borate compound).
 ボレート化合物として具体的には、以下に示す化合物が挙げられる。ここで、X は一価のカチオンを表し、アルカリ金属イオン又はテトラアルキルアンモニウムイオンが好ましく、アルカリ金属イオン又はテトラブチルアンモニウムイオンがより好ましい。また、Buはn-ブチル基を表す。 Specific examples of the borate compound include the following compounds. Here, X c + represents a monovalent cation, preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetraalkylammonium ion, and more preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetrabutylammonium ion. Bu represents an n-butyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 ラジカル生成助剤は、1種のみを添加しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 ラジカル生成助剤の含有量は、発色組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01~30質量%が好ましく、0.05~25質量%がより好ましく、0.1~20質量%が更に好ましい。
Only one type of radical generation aid may be added, or two or more types may be used in combination.
The content of the radical generation aid is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 25% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the color forming composition. .
[連鎖移動剤]
 本開示に係る発色組成物は、連鎖移動剤を含有してもよい。連鎖移動剤は、発色組成物を平版印刷版原版の画像記録層に用いた場合、平版印刷版における耐刷性の向上に寄与する。
 連鎖移動剤としては、チオール化合物が好ましく、沸点(揮発し難さ)の観点で炭素数7以上のチオール化合物がより好ましく、芳香環上にメルカプト基を有する化合物(芳香族チオール化合物)が更に好ましい。上記チオール化合物は単官能チオール化合物であることが好ましい。
[Chain transfer agent]
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a chain transfer agent. The chain transfer agent contributes to the improvement of the printing durability in the lithographic printing plate when the color forming composition is used for the image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor.
As the chain transfer agent, a thiol compound is preferable, a thiol compound having 7 or more carbon atoms is more preferable from the viewpoint of boiling point (difficult to volatilize), and a compound having a mercapto group on an aromatic ring (aromatic thiol compound) is more preferable. . The thiol compound is preferably a monofunctional thiol compound.
 連鎖移動剤として具体的には、下記の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the chain transfer agent include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 連鎖移動剤は、1種のみを添加しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 連鎖移動剤の含有量は、発色組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01~50質量%が好ましく、0.05~40質量%がより好ましく、0.1~30質量%が更に好ましい。
A chain transfer agent may add only 1 type or may use 2 or more types together.
The content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 40% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the color forming composition.
[赤外線吸収剤]
 本開示に係る発色組成物は、赤外線吸収剤を含有することができる。赤外線吸収剤を含有することにより、本開示に係る発色組成物は、赤外線感光性発色組成物としてより好適に用いることができる。
 また、本開示に係る発色組成物を感熱性発色組成物として用いる場合であっても、赤外線吸収剤を含有していてもよい。
 赤外線吸収剤は、吸収した赤外線を熱に変換する機能を有する化合物である。また、赤外線吸収剤は、赤外線により励起して後述する重合開始剤等に電子移動やエネルギー移動する機能を有していてもよい。
 赤外線吸収剤は、750~1,400nmの波長域に極大吸収を有することが好ましい。赤外線吸収剤としては、染料又は顔料が好ましく用いられる。
[Infrared absorber]
The color forming composition according to the present disclosure may contain an infrared absorber. By containing an infrared absorber, the coloring composition according to the present disclosure can be more suitably used as an infrared photosensitive coloring composition.
Moreover, even if it is a case where the coloring composition which concerns on this indication is used as a heat-sensitive coloring composition, it may contain the infrared absorber.
An infrared absorber is a compound having a function of converting absorbed infrared rays into heat. Further, the infrared absorber may have a function of transferring electrons or transferring energy to a polymerization initiator or the like to be described later when excited by infrared rays.
The infrared absorber preferably has a maximum absorption in a wavelength region of 750 to 1,400 nm. As the infrared absorber, a dye or a pigment is preferably used.
 染料としては、市販の染料、及び、例えば、「染料便覧」(有機合成化学協会編集、昭和45年刊)等の文献に記載されている公知の染料が利用できる。具体的には、アゾ染料、金属錯塩アゾ染料、ピラゾロンアゾ染料、ナフトキノン染料、アントラキノン染料、フタロシアニン染料、カルボニウム染料、キノンイミン染料、メチン染料、シアニン染料、スクアリリウム色素、ピリリウム塩、金属チオレート錯体等の染料が挙げられる。
 これらの染料のうち好ましいものとしては、シアニン色素、スクアリリウム色素、及び、ピリリウム塩が挙げられる。中でも、シアニン色素が好ましく、インドレニンシアニン色素が特に好ましい。
As the dye, commercially available dyes and known dyes described in documents such as “Dye Handbook” (edited by the Society for Synthetic Organic Chemistry, published in 1970) can be used. Specifically, dyes such as azo dyes, metal complex azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, metal thiolate complexes Is mentioned.
Among these dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, and pyrylium salts are preferable. Among these, cyanine dyes are preferable, and indolenine cyanine dyes are particularly preferable.
 シアニン色素の具体例としては、特開2001-133969号公報の段落0017~0019に記載の化合物、特開2002-023360号公報の段落0016~0021、特開2002-040638号公報の段落0012~0037に記載の化合物、好ましくは特開2002-278057号公報の段落0034~0041、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0080~0086に記載の化合物、特に好ましくは特開2007-90850号公報の段落0035~0043に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
 また、特開平5-5005号公報の段落0008~0009、特開2001-222101号公報の段落0022~0025に記載の化合物も好ましく使用することができる。
 顔料としては、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0072~0076に記載の化合物が好ましい。
Specific examples of cyanine dyes include compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0019 of JP-A-2001-133969, paragraphs 0016 to 0021 of JP-A-2002-023360, paragraphs 0012 to 0037 of JP-A-2002-040638. Compounds described in JP-A-2002-278057, preferably paragraphs 0034 to 0041 of JP-A-2002-278057, JP-A-2008-195018, paragraphs 0080 to 0086, particularly preferably JP-A-2007-90850, paragraph 0035 To 0043 are mentioned.
Further, compounds described in paragraphs 0008 to 0009 of JP-A-5-5005 and paragraphs 0022 to 0025 of JP-A-2001-222101 can also be preferably used.
As the pigment, compounds described in paragraphs 0072 to 0076 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
 赤外線吸収剤は、1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。また、赤外線吸収剤として顔料と染料とを併用してもよい。
 赤外線吸収剤は、発色組成物中に任意な量で含有させることができる。赤外線吸収剤の含有量は、発色組成物の全固形分100質量部に対し、0.05~30質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量%であることがより好ましく、0.2~10質量%であることが更に好ましい。
Only 1 type may be used for an infrared absorber and it may use 2 or more types together. Moreover, you may use together a pigment and dye as an infrared absorber.
The infrared absorber can be contained in an arbitrary amount in the coloring composition. The content of the infrared absorber is preferably 0.05 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the color forming composition. More preferably, it is 2 to 10% by mass.
 本開示に係る発色組成物は、必要に応じて、上記以外の添加剤(例えば、界面活性剤)を含有することができる。 The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain additives other than those described above (for example, a surfactant) as necessary.
 本開示に係る発色組成物に含有される各成分は、適当な溶剤に溶解又は分散して塗布液を調製し、塗布液を支持体等に塗布、乾燥して、発色組成物膜を形成することができる。
 溶剤としては、公知の溶剤を用いることができる。具体的には例えば、水、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン(2-ブタノン)、シクロヘキサン、酢酸エチル、エチレンジクロライド、テトラヒドロフラン、トルエン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、アセチルアセトン、シクロヘキサノン、ジアセトンアルコール、エチレングリコールモノメーチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、3-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、メトキシメトキシエタノール、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシプロピルアセテート、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、γ-ブチロラクトン、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル等が挙げられる。溶剤は、1種単独、又は、2種以上を混合して使用することができる。塗布液中の固形分濃度は1~50質量%程度であることが好ましい。固形分濃度とは、溶剤を除いた全成分の濃度である。
Each component contained in the coloring composition according to the present disclosure is dissolved or dispersed in an appropriate solvent to prepare a coating solution, and the coating solution is applied to a support and dried to form a coloring composition film. be able to.
A known solvent can be used as the solvent. Specifically, for example, water, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone (2-butanone), cyclohexane, ethyl acetate, ethylene dichloride, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene Glycol monoethyl ether, acetylacetone, cyclohexanone, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 3-methoxy -1-propanol, methoxymethoxy ester Nord, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxypropyl acetate, N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone , Methyl lactate, ethyl lactate and the like. A solvent can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types. The solid concentration in the coating solution is preferably about 1 to 50% by mass. The solid content concentration is the concentration of all components excluding the solvent.
 本開示に係る発色組成物は、感熱性発色材料、赤外線感光性発色材料等に用いることができる。感熱性発色材料は、ファクシミリ、コンピューターの端末プリンタ、自動券売機、計測用レコーダー、スーパーマーケットやコンビニのレジなどで、チケットやレシートなどの感熱記録媒体として広範囲に利用可能である。 The coloring composition according to the present disclosure can be used for heat-sensitive coloring materials, infrared-sensitive coloring materials, and the like. Thermosensitive coloring materials can be widely used as thermal recording media such as tickets and receipts in facsimile machines, computer terminal printers, automatic ticket vending machines, measurement recorders, supermarkets and convenience store cash registers.
 また、本開示に係る発色組成物は、画像形成材料に好ましく用いられる。画像形成材料としては、平版印刷版原版、プリント配線基板、カラーフィルター、フォトマスクなどの画像露光による発色を利用する画像形成材料並びに発色及び重合硬化を利用する画像形成材料が挙げられる。
 本開示に係る発色組成物を使用した画像形成材料は、加熱、又は、赤外線を放射する光源で露光されることにより発色画像を形成する。加熱手段としては、公知の加熱手段を用いることができ、例えば、ヒーター、オーブン、ホットプレート、赤外線ランプ、赤外線レーザー等が挙げられる。赤外線を放射する光源としては、赤外線を放射する固体レーザー及び半導体レーザー等が挙げられる。
Further, the color forming composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used for an image forming material. Examples of image forming materials include lithographic printing plate precursors, printed wiring boards, color filters, photomasks, and other image forming materials that use color development by image exposure, and image forming materials that use color development and polymerization curing.
The image forming material using the color forming composition according to the present disclosure forms a color image by being exposed to heat or a light source that emits infrared rays. As the heating means, known heating means can be used, and examples thereof include a heater, an oven, a hot plate, an infrared lamp, and an infrared laser. Examples of light sources that emit infrared light include solid-state lasers and semiconductor lasers that emit infrared light.
[平版印刷版原版]
 次に、本開示に係る発色組成物を平版印刷版原版に適用した例を記載する。
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、支持体上に本開示に係る発色組成物を含む層を少なくとも1層有することが好ましい。本開示に係る発色組成物は平版印刷版原版における下塗り層、画像記録層及び保護層のいずれにも用いることができるが、画像記録層に用いることが特に好ましい。本開示に係る平版印刷版原版の種類は、特に限定されないが、アルカリ現像型及び機上現像型を例示することができ、機上現像型が特に好ましい。
 以下に、本開示に係る発色組成物の特徴が顕著に発現される機上現像型の平版印刷版原版を例として説明する。
[Lithographic printing plate precursor]
Next, an example in which the color forming composition according to the present disclosure is applied to a lithographic printing plate precursor will be described.
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure preferably has at least one layer containing the color forming composition according to the present disclosure on a support. The coloring composition according to the present disclosure can be used for any of the undercoat layer, the image recording layer, and the protective layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor, but is particularly preferably used for the image recording layer. The type of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkali developing type and an on-press developing type, and an on-press developing type is particularly preferable.
Hereinafter, an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor in which the characteristics of the color forming composition according to the present disclosure are remarkably exhibited will be described as an example.
〔画像記録層〕
 平版印刷版原版における画像記録層には、現像適性及び印刷適性が要求される。発色組成物は、上記式1で表される化合物及び上記ポリマーを含有することが好ましい。機上現像型の平版印刷版原版の場合、ポリマーは上記皮膜形成用ポリマーが好ましく用いられる。
 画像記録層に用いられる発色組成物は、更に、重合性化合物、及び、重合開始剤を含有することが好ましく、更に、ラジカル生成助剤及び連鎖移動剤を単独で、又は、組み合わせて含有することがより好ましい。
 また、画像記録層に用いられる発色組成物は、更に、ミクロゲル又はポリマー粒子を含有することが好ましい。
 即ち、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版の画像記録層は、上記発色組成物が含有する各成分を含有することが好ましい。
 画像記録層に含有される式1で表される化合物、ポリマー(例えば、皮膜形成用ポリマー、ミクロゲル、ポリマー粒子等)、重合性化合物、重合開始剤、ラジカル生成助剤及び連鎖移動剤などの各構成成分並びにその含有量については、本開示に係る発色組成物における記載も参照することができる。
(Image recording layer)
The image recording layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor is required to have developability and printability. The coloring composition preferably contains the compound represented by Formula 1 and the polymer. In the case of an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor, the above-mentioned polymer for film formation is preferably used as the polymer.
The color forming composition used for the image recording layer preferably further contains a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator, and further contains a radical generation aid and a chain transfer agent alone or in combination. Is more preferable.
Moreover, it is preferable that the coloring composition used for the image recording layer further contains microgel or polymer particles.
That is, the image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure preferably contains each component contained in the color forming composition.
Each of the compounds represented by Formula 1 contained in the image recording layer, such as a polymer (for example, a film-forming polymer, microgel, polymer particles, etc.), a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, a radical generation aid, a chain transfer agent, etc. Regarding the constituent components and the content thereof, the description in the color forming composition according to the present disclosure can also be referred to.
 画像記録層は、上記構成成分の他に、更に、低分子親水性化合物、感脂化剤、溶剤、及び、その他の成分を含有してもよい。 The image recording layer may further contain a low molecular weight hydrophilic compound, a sensitizer, a solvent, and other components in addition to the above-described components.
(ミクロゲル及びポリマー粒子)
 平版印刷版原版の機上現像性を向上させるために、画像記録層は、ミクロゲル且つ/又はポリマー粒子を含有してもよい。上記ミクロゲルやポリマー粒子は、赤外線照射による光や熱により架橋、溶融、又は、これら両方が生じる、或いは疎水性に変化することが好ましい。ミクロゲルやポリマー粒子は、非架橋性ミクロゲル、架橋性ミクロゲル、熱可塑性ポリマー粒子、熱反応性ポリマー粒子、及び、重合性基を有するポリマー粒子よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1つであることが好ましい。これらはコアシェル構造を有していてもよく、他の化合物を内包していてもよい。
(Microgel and polymer particles)
In order to improve the on-press developability of the lithographic printing plate precursor, the image recording layer may contain microgel and / or polymer particles. The microgel and polymer particles are preferably crosslinked, melted, or both caused by light or heat generated by infrared irradiation, or changed to hydrophobicity. The microgel and polymer particles are preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of non-crosslinkable microgels, crosslinkable microgels, thermoplastic polymer particles, thermally reactive polymer particles, and polymer particles having a polymerizable group. These may have a core-shell structure and may contain other compounds.
 熱可塑性ポリマー粒子としては、1992年1月のResearch Disclosure No.33303、特開平9-123387号公報、同9-131850号公報、同9-171249号公報、同9-171250号公報及び欧州特許第931647号明細書などに記載のポリマー粒子が好適に挙げられる。
 熱可塑性ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーの具体例としては、エチレン、スチレン、塩化ビニル、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、メタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸エチル、塩化ビニリデン、アクリロニトリル、ビニルカルバゾール、ポリアルキレン構造を有するアクリレート又はメタクリレートなどのモノマーのホモポリマー若しくはコポリマー又はそれらの混合物が挙げられる。好ましくは、ポリスチレン、スチレン及びアクリロニトリルを含む共重合体、並びに、ポリメタクリル酸メチルが挙げられる。
Thermoplastic polymer particles include Research Disclosure No. 1 of January 1992. Preferred examples include polymer particles described in Japanese Patent No. 33303, JP-A-9-123387, JP-A-9-131850, JP-A-9-171249, JP-A-9-171250 and European Patent 931647.
Specific examples of the polymer constituting the thermoplastic polymer particles include ethylene, styrene, vinyl chloride, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, vinylidene chloride, acrylonitrile, vinyl carbazole, and polyalkylene structures. Mention may be made of homopolymers or copolymers of monomers such as acrylates or methacrylates or mixtures thereof. Preferably, polystyrene, a copolymer containing styrene and acrylonitrile, and polymethyl methacrylate are used.
 熱反応性ポリマー粒子としては、熱反応性基を有するポリマー粒子が挙げられる。熱反応性基を有するポリマー粒子は、熱反応による架橋及びその際の官能基変化により疎水化領域を形成する。 Examples of the thermally reactive polymer particles include polymer particles having a thermally reactive group. The polymer particles having a thermoreactive group form a hydrophobized region by crosslinking by a thermal reaction and a functional group change at that time.
 熱反応性基を有するポリマー粒子における熱反応性基としては、化学結合が形成されるならば、どのような反応を行う官能基でもよく、重合性基が好ましい。その例としては、ラジカル重合反応を行うエチレン性不飽和基(例えば、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリル基など)、カチオン重合性基(例えば、ビニル基、ビニルオキシ基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基など)、付加反応を行うイソシアナト基又はそのブロック体、エポキシ基、ビニルオキシ基及びこれらの反応相手である活性水素原子を有する官能基(例えば、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基など)、縮合反応を行うカルボキシ基及び反応相手であるヒドロキシ基又はアミノ基、開環付加反応を行う酸無水物及び反応相手であるアミノ基又はヒドロキシ基などが好適に挙げられる。 The thermoreactive group in the polymer particles having a thermoreactive group may be any functional group that performs any reaction as long as a chemical bond is formed, and is preferably a polymerizable group. Examples include ethylenically unsaturated groups that undergo radical polymerization reactions (eg, acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, vinyl groups, allyl groups, etc.), cationic polymerizable groups (eg, vinyl groups, vinyloxy groups, epoxy groups, oxetanyl groups). Etc.), isocyanato group that performs an addition reaction or a block thereof, an epoxy group, a vinyloxy group, and a functional group having an active hydrogen atom that is a reaction partner thereof (for example, an amino group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, etc.), a condensation reaction Preferred examples include a carboxyl group to be performed and a hydroxy group or amino group which is a reaction partner, an acid anhydride which performs a ring-opening addition reaction, and an amino group or hydroxy group which is a reaction partner.
 マイクロカプセルとしては、例えば、特開2001-277740号公報及び特開2001-277742号公報に記載のごとく、画像記録層の構成成分の全て又は一部をマイクロカプセルに内包させたものが挙げられる。画像記録層の構成成分は、マイクロカプセル外にも含有させることもできる。マイクロカプセルを含有する画像記録層としては、疎水性の構成成分をマイクロカプセルに内包し、親水性の構成成分をマイクロカプセル外に含有することが好ましい態様である。 Examples of the microcapsule include those in which all or part of the constituent components of the image recording layer are encapsulated in the microcapsule as described in JP-A Nos. 2001-277740 and 2001-277742. The constituent components of the image recording layer can also be contained outside the microcapsules. The image recording layer containing microcapsules is preferably a mode in which hydrophobic constituent components are encapsulated in microcapsules and hydrophilic constituent components are contained outside the microcapsules.
 ミクロゲルは、その内部及び表面の少なくとも一方に、画像記録層の構成成分の一部を含有することができる。特に、ラジカル重合性基をその表面に有することによって反応性ミクロゲルとした態様が画像形成感度や耐刷性の観点から好ましい。 The microgel can contain a part of the constituent components of the image recording layer in at least one of the inside and the surface thereof. In particular, an embodiment in which a reactive microgel is formed by having a radical polymerizable group on the surface thereof is preferable from the viewpoint of image forming sensitivity and printing durability.
 画像記録層の構成成分をマイクロカプセル化又はミクロゲル化するためには、公知の方法を用いることができる。
 本開示に係る発色組成物中に、ポリマーを、マイクロカプセル、ミクロゲル又はポリマー粒子の形態で含む場合、マイクロカプセル、ミクロゲル又はポリマー粒子の平均一次粒子径は、10~1,000nmであることが好ましく、20~300nmであることがより好ましく、30~120nmであることが更に好ましい。
 本開示における上記各粒子の平均一次粒子径は、光散乱法により測定するか、又は、粒子の電子顕微鏡写真を撮影し、写真上で粒子の粒径を総計で5,000個測定し、平均値を算出するものとする。なお、非球形粒子については写真上の粒子面積と同一の粒子面積を持つ球形粒子の粒径値を粒径とする。
 ミクロゲルやポリマー粒子の含有量は、画像記録層の全固形分に対して、5~90質量%が好ましい。
In order to microencapsulate or microgel the constituent components of the image recording layer, a known method can be used.
When the coloring composition according to the present disclosure contains a polymer in the form of microcapsules, microgels or polymer particles, the average primary particle diameter of the microcapsules, microgels or polymer particles is preferably 10 to 1,000 nm. 20 to 300 nm is more preferable, and 30 to 120 nm is still more preferable.
The average primary particle diameter of each particle in the present disclosure is measured by a light scattering method, or an electron micrograph of the particle is taken, and a total of 5,000 particle diameters are measured on the photograph. The value shall be calculated. For non-spherical particles, the particle size of spherical particles having the same particle area as that on the photograph is used as the particle size.
The content of the microgel or polymer particles is preferably 5 to 90% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the image recording layer.
(低分子親水性化合物)
 画像記録層は、耐刷性を低下させることなく機上現像性を向上させるために、低分子親水性化合物を含有してもよい。低分子親水性化合物は、分子量1,000未満の化合物が好ましく、分子量800未満の化合物がより好ましく、分子量500未満の化合物が更に好ましい。
 低分子親水性化合物としては、例えば、水溶性有機化合物としては、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール等のグリコール類及びそのエーテル又はエステル誘導体類、グリセリン、ペンタエリスリトール、トリス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート等のポリオール類、トリエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、モノエタノールアミン等の有機アミン類及びその塩、アルキルスルホン酸、トルエンスルホン酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸等の有機スルホン酸類及びその塩、アルキルスルファミン酸等の有機スルファミン酸類及びその塩、アルキル硫酸、アルキルエーテル硫酸等の有機硫酸類及びその塩、フェニルホスホン酸等の有機ホスホン酸類及びその塩、酒石酸、シュウ酸、クエン酸、リンゴ酸、乳酸、グルコン酸、アミノ酸類等の有機カルボン酸類及びその塩、ベタイン類等が挙げられる。
(Low molecular hydrophilic compound)
The image recording layer may contain a low molecular weight hydrophilic compound in order to improve the on-press developability without reducing the printing durability. The low molecular weight hydrophilic compound is preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 1,000, more preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 800, and still more preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 500.
As the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound, for example, as the water-soluble organic compound, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol and the like glycols and ether or ester derivatives thereof, glycerin, Polyols such as pentaerythritol and tris (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate, organic amines such as triethanolamine, diethanolamine and monoethanolamine and salts thereof, organic sulfones such as alkylsulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid Acids and salts thereof, organic sulfamic acids such as alkylsulfamic acid and salts thereof, organic sulfuric acids such as alkylsulfuric acid and alkylethersulfuric acid and salts thereof, phenylphosphonic acid Organic phosphonic acids and salts thereof, tartaric acid, oxalic acid, citric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, gluconic acid, organic carboxylic acids and salts thereof such as amino acids, betaines, and the like.
 低分子親水性化合物としては、ポリオール類、有機硫酸塩類、有機スルホン酸塩類及びベタイン類よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1つを含有させることが好ましい。 As the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound, it is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of polyols, organic sulfates, organic sulfonates, and betaines.
 有機スルホン酸塩類の具体例としては、n-ブチルスルホン酸ナトリウム、n-ヘキシルスルホン酸ナトリウム、2-エチルヘキシルスルホン酸ナトリウム、シクロヘキシルスルホン酸ナトリウム、n-オクチルスルホン酸ナトリウムなどのアルキルスルホン酸塩;5,8,11-トリオキサペンタデカン-1-スルホン酸ナトリウム、5,8,11-トリオキサヘプタデカン-1-スルホン酸ナトリウム、13-エチル-5,8,11-トリオキサヘプタデカン-1-スルホン酸ナトリウム、5,8,11,14-テトラオキサテトラコサン-1-スルホン酸ナトリウムなどのエチレンオキシド鎖を含むアルキルスルホン酸塩;ベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム、p-トルエンスルホン酸ナトリウム、p-ヒドロキシベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム、p-スチレンスルホン酸ナトリウム、イソフタル酸ジメチル-5-スルホン酸ナトリウム、1-ナフチルスルホン酸ナトリウム、4-ヒドロキシナフチルスルホン酸ナトリウム、1,5-ナフタレンジスルホン酸ジナトリウム、1,3,6-ナフタレントリスルホン酸トリナトリウムなどのアリールスルホン酸塩、特開2007-276454号公報の段落0026~0031及び特開2009-154525号公報の段落0020~0047に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。塩は、カリウム塩、リチウム塩でもよい。 Specific examples of the organic sulfonates include alkyl sulfonates such as sodium n-butyl sulfonate, sodium n-hexyl sulfonate, sodium 2-ethylhexyl sulfonate, sodium cyclohexyl sulfonate, sodium n-octyl sulfonate; 5 , 8,11-Trioxapentadecane-1-sulfonic acid sodium salt, 5,8,11-trioxaheptadecane-1-sulfonic acid sodium salt, 13-ethyl-5,8,11-trioxaheptadecane-1-sulfone Alkyl sulfonates containing ethylene oxide chains such as sodium acid, sodium 5,8,11,14-tetraoxatetracosane-1-sulfonate; sodium benzenesulfonate, sodium p-toluenesulfonate, p-hydroxybenzenesulfonic acid Na Sodium, sodium p-styrenesulfonate, sodium dimethyl-5-sulfonate isophthalate, sodium 1-naphthylsulfonate, sodium 4-hydroxynaphthylsulfonate, disodium 1,5-naphthalenedisulfonate, 1,3,6- Examples thereof include aryl sulfonates such as trisodium naphthalene trisulfonate, compounds described in paragraphs 0026 to 0031 of JP-A-2007-276454 and paragraphs 0020 to 0047 of JP-A-2009-154525. The salt may be a potassium salt or a lithium salt.
 有機硫酸塩類としては、ポリエチレンオキシドのアルキル、アルケニル、アルキニル、アリール又は複素環モノエーテルの硫酸塩が挙げられる。エチレンオキシド単位の数は1~4が好ましく、塩はナトリウム塩、カリウム塩又はリチウム塩が好ましい。具体例としては、特開2007-276454号公報の段落0034~0038に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of organic sulfates include polyethylene oxide alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, or heterocyclic monoether sulfates. The number of ethylene oxide units is preferably 1 to 4, and the salt is preferably a sodium salt, potassium salt or lithium salt. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0038 of JP-A-2007-276454.
 ベタイン類としては、窒素原子への炭化水素置換基の炭素数が1~5である化合物が好ましく、具体例としては、トリメチルアンモニウムアセタート、ジメチルプロピルアンモニウムアセタート、3-ヒドロキシ-4-トリメチルアンモニオブチラート、4-(1-ピリジニオ)ブチラート、1-ヒドロキシエチル-1-イミダゾリオアセタート、トリメチルアンモニウムメタンスルホナート、ジメチルプロピルアンモニウムメタンスルホナート、3-トリメチルアンモニオ-1-プロパンスルホナート、3-(1-ピリジニオ)-1-プロパンスルホナート等が挙げられる。 The betaines are preferably compounds in which the hydrocarbon substituent on the nitrogen atom has 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Specific examples include trimethylammonium acetate, dimethylpropylammonium acetate, 3-hydroxy-4-trimethylammonium. Obtylate, 4- (1-pyridinio) butyrate, 1-hydroxyethyl-1-imidazolioacetate, trimethylammonium methanesulfonate, dimethylpropylammonium methanesulfonate, 3-trimethylammonio-1-propanesulfonate, 3 -(1-pyridinio) -1-propanesulfonate and the like.
 低分子親水性化合物は、疎水性部分の構造が小さく、界面活性作用がほとんどないため、湿し水が画像記録層露光部(画像部)へ浸透して画像部の疎水性や皮膜強度を低下させることがなく、画像記録層のインキ受容性及び耐刷性を良好に維持することができる。 A low molecular weight hydrophilic compound has a small hydrophobic part structure and almost no surface activity, so that dampening water penetrates into the exposed part of the image recording layer (image part) and decreases the hydrophobicity and film strength of the image part. The ink receptivity and printing durability of the image recording layer can be maintained satisfactorily.
 低分子親水性化合物の含有量は、画像記録層の全固形分に対して、0.5~20質量%が好ましく、1~15質量%がより好ましく、2~10質量%が更に好ましい。上記範囲であると、良好な機上現像性と耐刷性が得られる。
 低分子親水性化合物は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。
The content of the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound is preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 15% by mass, and still more preferably 2 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the image recording layer. Within the above range, good on-press developability and printing durability can be obtained.
A low molecular weight hydrophilic compound may be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types may be mixed and used for it.
(感脂化剤)
 画像記録層は、着肉性を向上させるために、ホスホニウム化合物、含窒素低分子化合物、アンモニウム基含有ポリマー等の感脂化剤を含有してもよい。特に、保護層に無機層状化合物を含有させる場合、これらの化合物は、無機層状化合物の表面被覆剤として機能し、無機層状化合物による印刷途中の着肉性低下を抑制することができる。
 感脂化剤としては、ホスホニウム化合物と、含窒素低分子化合物と、アンモニウム基含有ポリマーとを併用することが好ましく、ホスホニウム化合物と、第四級アンモニウム塩類と、アンモニウム基含有ポリマーとを併用することがより好ましい。
(Grease sensitizer)
The image recording layer may contain a sensitizing agent such as a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, or an ammonium group-containing polymer in order to improve the inking property. In particular, when an inorganic layered compound is contained in the protective layer, these compounds function as a surface coating agent for the inorganic layered compound, and can suppress a decrease in the inking property during printing by the inorganic layered compound.
As the sensitizer, it is preferable to use a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, and an ammonium group-containing polymer in combination, and use a phosphonium compound, a quaternary ammonium salt, and an ammonium group-containing polymer in combination. Is more preferable.
 ホスホニウム化合物としては、特開2006-297907号公報及び特開2007-50660号公報に記載のホスホニウム化合物が挙げられる。具体例としては、テトラブチルホスホニウムヨージド、ブチルトリフェニルホスホニウムブロミド、テトラフェニルホスホニウムブロミド、1,4-ビス(トリフェニルホスホニオ)ブタン=ジ(ヘキサフルオロホスファート)、1,7-ビス(トリフェニルホスホニオ)ヘプタン=スルファート、1,9-ビス(トリフェニルホスホニオ)ノナン=ナフタレン-2,7-ジスルホナート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the phosphonium compound include phosphonium compounds described in JP-A-2006-297907 and JP-A-2007-50660. Specific examples include tetrabutylphosphonium iodide, butyltriphenylphosphonium bromide, tetraphenylphosphonium bromide, 1,4-bis (triphenylphosphonio) butanedi (hexafluorophosphate), 1,7-bis (tri Phenylphosphonio) heptane = sulfate, 1,9-bis (triphenylphosphonio) nonane = naphthalene-2,7-disulfonate, and the like.
 含窒素低分子化合物としては、アミン塩類、第四級アンモニウム塩類が挙げられる。また、イミダゾリニウム塩類、ベンゾイミダゾリニウム塩類、ピリジニウム塩類、キノリニウム塩類も挙げられる。中でも、第四級アンモニウム塩類及びピリジニウム塩類が好ましい。具体例としては、テトラメチルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、テトラブチルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、ドデシルトリメチルアンモニウム=p-トルエンスルホナート、ベンジルトリエチルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、ベンジルジメチルオクチルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、ベンジルジメチルドデシルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、特開2008-284858号公報の段落0021~0037、特開2009-90645号公報の段落0030~0057に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。 Examples of nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compounds include amine salts and quaternary ammonium salts. Also included are imidazolinium salts, benzimidazolinium salts, pyridinium salts, and quinolinium salts. Of these, quaternary ammonium salts and pyridinium salts are preferred. Specific examples include tetramethylammonium = hexafluorophosphate, tetrabutylammonium = hexafluorophosphate, dodecyltrimethylammonium = p-toluenesulfonate, benzyltriethylammonium = hexafluorophosphate, benzyldimethyloctylammonium = hexafluorophosphate. And the compounds described in paragraphs 0021 to 0037 of JP2008-284858A, paragraphs 0030 to 0057 of JP2009-90645A, and the like.
 アンモニウム基含有ポリマーとしては、その構造中にアンモニウム基を有すればよく、側鎖にアンモニウム基を有する(メタ)アクリレートを共重合成分として5~80モル%含有するポリマーが好ましい。具体例としては、特開2009-208458号公報の段落0089~0105に記載のポリマーが挙げられる。 The ammonium group-containing polymer may have an ammonium group in its structure, and a polymer containing 5 to 80 mol% of (meth) acrylate having an ammonium group in the side chain as a copolymerization component is preferable. Specific examples include the polymers described in paragraphs 0089 to 0105 of JP2009-208458A.
 アンモニウム塩含有ポリマーは、特開2009-208458号公報に記載の測定方法に従って求められる還元比粘度(単位:ml/g)の値が、5~120の範囲のものが好ましく、10~110の範囲のものがより好ましく、15~100の範囲のものが特に好ましい。上記還元比粘度を重量平均分子量(Mw)に換算した場合、10,000~150,0000が好ましく、17,000~140,000がより好ましく、20,000~130,000が特に好ましい。 The ammonium salt-containing polymer preferably has a reduced specific viscosity (unit: ml / g) determined in accordance with the measurement method described in JP-A-2009-208458, in the range of 5 to 120, and in the range of 10 to 110. Are more preferable, and those in the range of 15 to 100 are particularly preferable. When the reduced specific viscosity is converted into a weight average molecular weight (Mw), it is preferably 10,000 to 150,000, more preferably 17,000 to 140,000, and particularly preferably 20,000 to 130,000.
 以下に、アンモニウム基含有ポリマーの具体例を示す。
(1)2-(トリメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=p-トルエンスルホナート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比10/90、Mw4.5万)
(2)2-(トリメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比20/80、Mw6.0万)
(3)2-(エチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=p-トルエンスルホナート/ヘキシルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比30/70、Mw4.5万)
(4)2-(トリメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/2-エチルヘキシルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比20/80、Mw6.0万)
(5)2-(トリメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=メチルスルファート/ヘキシルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比40/60、Mw7.0万)
(6)2-(ブチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比25/75、Mw6.5万)
(7)2-(ブチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルアクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比20/80、Mw6.5万)
(8)2-(ブチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=13-エチル-5,8,11-トリオキサ-1-ヘプタデカンスルホナート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比20/80、Mw7.5万)
(9)2-(ブチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート/2-ヒドロキシ-3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比15/80/5、Mw6.5万)
Specific examples of the ammonium group-containing polymer are shown below.
(1) 2- (Trimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = p-toluenesulfonate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 10/90, Mw 45,000)
(2) 2- (Trimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 20/80, Mw 60,000)
(3) 2- (Ethyldimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = p-toluenesulfonate / hexyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 30/70, Mw 45,000)
(4) 2- (Trimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 20/80, Mw 60,000)
(5) 2- (Trimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = methyl sulfate / hexyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 40/60, Mw 7 million)
(6) 2- (butyldimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 25/75, Mw 650,000)
(7) 2- (Butyldimethylammonio) ethyl acrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 20/80, Mw 650,000)
(8) 2- (Butyldimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = 13-ethyl-5,8,11-trioxa-1-heptadecanesulfonate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 20/80 , Mw75,000)
(9) 2- (butyldimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate / 2-hydroxy-3-methacryloyloxypropyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 15/80/5, (Mw 650,000)
 感脂化剤の含有量は、画像記録層の全固形分に対して、0.01~30.0質量%が好ましく、0.1~15.0質量%がより好ましく、1~10質量%が更に好ましい。 The content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 to 30.0% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15.0% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the image recording layer. Is more preferable.
(その他の成分)
 画像記録層には、その他の成分として、界面活性剤、重合禁止剤、高級脂肪酸誘導体、可塑剤、無機粒子、無機層状化合物等を含有することができる。具体的には、特開2008-284817号公報の段落0114~0159の記載を参照することができる。
(Other ingredients)
The image recording layer can contain, as other components, a surfactant, a polymerization inhibitor, a higher fatty acid derivative, a plasticizer, inorganic particles, an inorganic layered compound, and the like. Specifically, reference can be made to the descriptions in paragraphs 0114 to 0159 of JP-A-2008-284817.
[画像記録層の形成]
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版における画像記録層は、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0142~0143に記載のように、必要な上記各成分を公知の溶剤に分散又は溶解して塗布液を調製し、塗布液を支持体上にバーコーター塗布など公知の方法で塗布し、乾燥することにより形成することができる。塗布、乾燥後における画像記録層の塗布量(固形分)は、用途によって異なるが、0.3~3.0g/mが好ましい。上記範囲であると、良好な感度と画像記録層の良好な皮膜特性が得られる。
[Formation of image recording layer]
The image recording layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is coated by dispersing or dissolving the necessary components in a known solvent as described in paragraphs 0142 to 0143 of JP-A-2008-195018, for example. It can be formed by preparing a liquid, coating the coating liquid on a support by a known method such as bar coater coating, and drying. The coating amount (solid content) of the image recording layer after coating and drying varies depending on the application, but is preferably 0.3 to 3.0 g / m 2 . Within the above range, good sensitivity and good film properties of the image recording layer can be obtained.
〔下塗り層〕
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、画像記録層と支持体との間に下塗り層(中間層と呼ばれることもある。)を有することが好ましい。下塗り層は、露光部においては支持体と画像記録層との密着を強化し、未露光部においては画像記録層の支持体からのはく離を生じやすくさせるため、耐刷性を損なわずに現像性を向上させることに寄与する。また、赤外線レーザー露光の場合に、下塗り層が断熱層として機能することにより、露光により発生した熱が支持体に拡散して感度が低下するのを防ぐ効果も有する。
(Undercoat layer)
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure preferably has an undercoat layer (sometimes referred to as an intermediate layer) between the image recording layer and the support. The undercoat layer enhances the adhesion between the support and the image recording layer in the exposed area and easily peels off the image recording layer from the support in the unexposed area. It contributes to improving. In addition, in the case of infrared laser exposure, the undercoat layer functions as a heat insulating layer, and thus has an effect of preventing the heat generated by the exposure from diffusing to the support and lowering the sensitivity.
 下塗り層に用いられる化合物としては、支持体表面に吸着可能な吸着性基及び親水性基を有するポリマーが挙げられる。画像記録層との密着性を向上させるために吸着性基及び親水性基を有し、更に架橋性基を有するポリマーが好ましい。下塗り層に用いられる化合物は、低分子化合物でもポリマーであってもよい。下塗り層に用いられる化合物は、必要に応じて、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。 Examples of the compound used for the undercoat layer include polymers having an adsorptive group and a hydrophilic group that can be adsorbed on the surface of the support. In order to improve the adhesion to the image recording layer, a polymer having an adsorptive group and a hydrophilic group and further having a crosslinkable group is preferable. The compound used for the undercoat layer may be a low molecular compound or a polymer. The compounds used for the undercoat layer may be used as a mixture of two or more if necessary.
 下塗り層に用いられる化合物がポリマーである場合、吸着性基を有するモノマー、親水性基を有するモノマー及び架橋性基を有するモノマーの共重合体が好ましい。
 支持体表面に吸着可能な吸着性基としては、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、-PO、-OPO、-CONHSO-、-SONHSO-、-COCHCOCHが好ましい。親水性基としては、スルホ基又はその塩、カルボキシ基の塩が好ましい。架橋性基としては、アクリル基、メタクリル基、アクリルアミド基、メタクリルアミド基、アリル基などが好ましい。
 ポリマーは、ポリマーの極性置換基と、当該極性置換基と対荷電を有する置換基及びエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物との塩形成で導入された架橋性基を有してもよいし、上記以外のモノマー、好ましくは親水性モノマーが更に共重合されていてもよい。
When the compound used for the undercoat layer is a polymer, a copolymer of a monomer having an adsorptive group, a monomer having a hydrophilic group, and a monomer having a crosslinkable group is preferable.
Examples of the adsorptive group that can be adsorbed on the support surface include a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxy group, —PO 3 H 2 , —OPO 3 H 2 , —CONHSO 2 —, —SO 2 NHSO 2 —, —COCH 2 COCH 3 Is preferred. As the hydrophilic group, a sulfo group or a salt thereof, or a salt of a carboxy group is preferable. As the crosslinkable group, an acryl group, a methacryl group, an acrylamide group, a methacrylamide group, an allyl group, and the like are preferable.
The polymer may have a crosslinkable group introduced by salt formation between a polar substituent of the polymer, a substituent having a counter charge with the polar substituent, and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, Other monomers, preferably hydrophilic monomers, may be further copolymerized.
 具体的には、特開平10-282679号公報に記載されている付加重合可能なエチレン性二重結合反応基を有しているシランカップリング剤、特開平2-304441号公報記載のエチレン性二重結合反応基を有しているリン化合物が好適に挙げられる。特開2005-238816号、特開2005-125749号、特開2006-239867号、特開2006-215263号の各公報に記載の架橋性基(好ましくは、エチレン性不飽和結合基)、支持体表面と相互作用する官能基及び親水性基を有する低分子又は高分子化合物も好ましく用いられる。
 より好ましいものとして、特開2005-125749号公報及び特開2006-188038号公報に記載の支持体表面に吸着可能な吸着性基、親水性基及び架橋性基を有する高分子ポリマーが挙げられる。
Specifically, a silane coupling agent having an ethylenic double bond reactive group capable of addition polymerization described in JP-A No. 10-282679 and an ethylenic compound described in JP-A No. 2-304441. The phosphorus compound which has a heavy bond reactive group is mentioned suitably. Crosslinkable groups (preferably ethylenically unsaturated bond groups) described in JP-A-2005-238816, JP-A-2005-12549, JP-A-2006-239867, and JP-A-2006-215263, a support A low molecular or high molecular compound having a functional group interacting with the surface and a hydrophilic group is also preferably used.
More preferable are polymer polymers having an adsorbing group, a hydrophilic group, and a crosslinkable group that can be adsorbed on the surface of the support described in JP-A Nos. 2005-125749 and 2006-188038.
 下塗り層に用いられるポリマー中のエチレン性不飽和結合基の含有量は、ポリマー1g当たり、0.1~10.0mmolが好ましく、0.2~5.5mmolがより好ましい。
 下塗り層に用いられるポリマーの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、5,000以上が好ましく、1万~30万がより好ましい。
The content of the ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably from 0.1 to 10.0 mmol, more preferably from 0.2 to 5.5 mmol, per 1 g of the polymer.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 5,000 or more, and more preferably 10,000 to 300,000.
 下塗り層は、上記下塗り層用化合物の他に、経時による汚れ防止のため、キレート剤、第二級又は第三級アミン、重合禁止剤、アミノ基又は重合禁止能を有する官能基と支持体表面と相互作用する基とを有する化合物(例えば、1,4-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン(DABCO)、2,3,5,6-テトラヒドロキシ-p-キノン、クロラニル、スルホフタル酸、ヒドロキシエチルエチレンジアミン三酢酸、ジヒドロキシエチルエチレンジアミン二酢酸、ヒドロキシエチルイミノ二酢酸など)等を含有してもよい。 In addition to the above compound for the undercoat layer, the undercoat layer is a chelating agent, a secondary or tertiary amine, a polymerization inhibitor, an amino group, or a functional group having a polymerization inhibitory ability and a support surface in order to prevent contamination with time. Having a group that interacts with (eg, 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO), 2,3,5,6-tetrahydroxy-p-quinone, chloranil, sulfophthalic acid, hydroxy Ethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid, dihydroxyethylethylenediaminediacetic acid, hydroxyethyliminodiacetic acid, and the like).
 下塗り層は、公知の方法で塗布される。下塗り層の塗布量(固形分)は、0.1~100mg/mが好ましく、1~30mg/mがより好ましい。 The undercoat layer is applied by a known method. The coating amount (solid content) of the undercoat layer is preferably 0.1 ~ 100mg / m 2, and more preferably 1 ~ 30mg / m 2.
〔保護層〕
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、画像記録層の上に保護層(オーバーコート層と呼ばれることもある。)を有することが好ましい。保護層は、酸素遮断により画像形成阻害反応を抑制する機能の他、画像記録層における傷の発生防止及び高照度レーザー露光時のアブレーション防止の機能を有する。
 また、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版における保護層は、本開示に係る発色組成物、即ち、式1で表される化合物を含んでいてもよい。
[Protective layer]
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure preferably has a protective layer (sometimes referred to as an overcoat layer) on the image recording layer. The protective layer has a function of preventing the formation of scratches in the image recording layer and ablation during high-illuminance laser exposure, in addition to the function of suppressing the image formation inhibition reaction by blocking oxygen.
In addition, the protective layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure may include a coloring composition according to the present disclosure, that is, a compound represented by Formula 1.
 このような特性の保護層については、例えば、米国特許第3,458,311号明細書及び特公昭55-49729号公報に記載されている。保護層に用いられる酸素低透過性のポリマーとしては、水溶性ポリマー、水不溶性ポリマーのいずれをも適宜選択して使用することができ、必要に応じて2種類以上を混合して使用することもできる。具体的には、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール、変性ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルピロリドン、水溶性セルロース誘導体、ポリ(メタ)アクリロニトリル等が挙げられる。
 変性ポリビニルアルコールとしてはカルボキシ基又はスルホ基を有する酸変性ポリビニルアルコールが好ましく用いられる。具体的には、特開2005-250216号公報及び特開2006-259137号公報に記載の変性ポリビニルアルコールが挙げられる。
The protective layer having such characteristics is described in, for example, US Pat. No. 3,458,311 and Japanese Patent Publication No. 55-49729. As the low oxygen permeability polymer used in the protective layer, either a water-soluble polymer or a water-insoluble polymer can be appropriately selected and used, and two or more types can be mixed and used as necessary. it can. Specific examples include polyvinyl alcohol, modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, water-soluble cellulose derivatives, poly (meth) acrylonitrile, and the like.
As the modified polyvinyl alcohol, acid-modified polyvinyl alcohol having a carboxy group or a sulfo group is preferably used. Specific examples include modified polyvinyl alcohols described in JP-A-2005-250216 and JP-A-2006-259137.
 保護層は、酸素遮断性を高めるために無機層状化合物を含有することが好ましい。無機層状化合物は、薄い平板状の形状を有する粒子であり、例えば、天然雲母、合成雲母等の雲母群、式:3MgO・4SiO・HOで表されるタルク、テニオライト、モンモリロナイト、サポナイト、ヘクトライト、リン酸ジルコニウム等が挙げられる。
 好ましく用いられる無機層状化合物は雲母化合物である。雲母化合物としては、例えば、式:A(B,C)2-510(OH,F,O)〔ただし、Aは、K、Na及びCaよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の元素であり、B及びCは、Fe(II)、Fe(III)、Mn、Al、Mg及びVよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の元素であり、Dは、Si又はAlである。〕で表される天然雲母、合成雲母等の雲母群が挙げられる。
The protective layer preferably contains an inorganic layered compound in order to enhance oxygen barrier properties. The inorganic layered compound is a particle having a thin flat plate shape, for example, mica group such as natural mica and synthetic mica, talc, teniolite, montmorillonite, saponite, hector represented by the formula: 3MgO · 4SiO · H 2 O Light, zirconium phosphate, etc. are mentioned.
The inorganic layered compound preferably used is a mica compound. Examples of the mica compound include, for example, the formula: A (B, C) 2-5 D 4 O 10 (OH, F, O) 2 [where A is at least one selected from the group consisting of K, Na, and Ca. B and C are at least one element selected from the group consisting of Fe (II), Fe (III), Mn, Al, Mg and V, and D is Si or Al. is there. ] Mica groups such as natural mica and synthetic mica represented by
 雲母群においては、天然雲母としては白雲母、ソーダ雲母、金雲母、黒雲母及び鱗雲母が挙げられる。合成雲母としてはフッ素金雲母KMg(AlSi10)F、カリ四ケイ素雲母KMg2.5Si10)F等の非膨潤性雲母、及び、NaテトラシリリックマイカNaMg2.5(Si10)F、Na又はLiテニオライト(Na,Li)MgLi(Si10)F、モンモリロナイト系のNa又はLiヘクトライト(Na,Li)1/8Mg2/5Li1/8(Si10)F等の膨潤性雲母等が挙げられる。更に合成スメクタイトも有用である。 In the mica group, natural mica includes muscovite, soda mica, phlogopite, biotite, and sericite. As the synthetic mica, non-swelling mica such as fluor-phlogopite mica KMg 3 (AlSi 3 O 10 ) F 2 , potassium tetrasilicon mica KMg 2.5 Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , and Na tetrasilicic mica NaMg2 . 5 (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , Na or Li Teniolite (Na, Li) Mg 2 Li (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , Montmorillonite Na or Li Hectorite (Na, Li) 1/8 Mg 2 / Examples include swellable mica such as 5 Li 1/8 (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 . Synthetic smectite is also useful.
 上記の雲母化合物の中でも、フッ素系の膨潤性雲母が特に有用である。即ち、膨潤性合成雲母は、10~15Å(オングストローム、1Å=0.1nm)程度の厚さの単位結晶格子層からなる積層構造を有し、格子内金属原子置換が他の粘土鉱物より著しく大きい。その結果、格子層は正電荷不足を生じ、それを補償するために層間にLi、Na、Ca2+、Mg2+等の陽イオンを吸着している。これらの層間に介在している陽イオンは交換性陽イオンと呼ばれ、いろいろな陽イオンと交換し得る。特に、層間の陽イオンがLi、Naの場合、イオン半径が小さいため層状結晶格子間の結合が弱く、水により大きく膨潤する。その状態でシェアーをかけると容易に劈開し、水中で安定したゾルを形成する。膨潤性合成雲母はこの傾向が強く、特に好ましく用いられる。 Of the mica compounds, fluorine-based swellable mica is particularly useful. That is, the swellable synthetic mica has a laminated structure composed of unit crystal lattice layers with a thickness of about 10 to 15 Å (angstrom, 1 Å = 0.1 nm), and the metal atom substitution in the lattice is significantly larger than other clay minerals. . As a result, the lattice layer is deficient in positive charge, and in order to compensate for this, cations such as Li + , Na + , Ca 2+ , and Mg 2+ are adsorbed between the layers. The cations present between these layers are called exchangeable cations and can be exchanged with various cations. In particular, when the cation between layers is Li + or Na + , the bond between the layered crystal lattices is weak because the ionic radius is small, and the layer swells greatly with water. If shear is applied in this state, it will easily cleave and form a stable sol in water. Swelling synthetic mica has a strong tendency and is particularly preferably used.
 雲母化合物の形状としては、拡散制御の観点からは、厚さは薄ければ薄いほどよく、平面サイズは塗布面の平滑性や活性光線の透過性を阻害しない限りにおいて大きい程よい。従って、アスペクト比は、好ましくは20以上であり、より好ましくは100以上、特に好ましくは200以上である。アスペクト比は粒子の厚さに対する長径の比であり、例えば、粒子の顕微鏡写真による投影図から測定することができる。アスペクト比が大きい程、得られる効果が大きい。 As the shape of the mica compound, from the viewpoint of diffusion control, the thinner the better, the better the plane size, as long as the smoothness of the coated surface and the transmittance of actinic rays are not impaired. Accordingly, the aspect ratio is preferably 20 or more, more preferably 100 or more, and particularly preferably 200 or more. The aspect ratio is the ratio of the major axis to the thickness of the particle, and can be measured, for example, from a projection drawing of a particle by a micrograph. The larger the aspect ratio, the greater the effect that can be obtained.
 雲母化合物の粒子径は、その平均長径が、好ましくは0.3~20μm、より好ましくは0.5~10μm、特に好ましくは1~5μmである。粒子の平均の厚さは、好ましくは0.1μm以下、より好ましくは0.05μm以下、特に好ましくは0.01μm以下である。具体的には、例えば、代表的化合物である膨潤性合成雲母の場合、好ましい態様としては、厚さが1~50nm程度、面サイズ(長径)が1~20μm程度である。 The average major axis of the mica compound is preferably 0.3 to 20 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 10 μm, and particularly preferably 1 to 5 μm. The average thickness of the particles is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and particularly preferably 0.01 μm or less. Specifically, for example, in the case of swellable synthetic mica, which is a representative compound, preferred embodiments have a thickness of about 1 to 50 nm and a surface size (major axis) of about 1 to 20 μm.
 無機層状化合物の含有量は、保護層の全固形分に対して、0~60質量%が好ましく、3~50質量%がより好ましい。複数種の無機層状化合物を併用する場合でも、無機層状化合物の合計量が上記の含有量であることが好ましい。上記範囲であると、酸素遮断性が向上し、良好な感度が得られる。また、着肉性の低下を防止できる。 The content of the inorganic stratiform compound is preferably 0 to 60% by mass and more preferably 3 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the protective layer. Even when a plurality of types of inorganic layered compounds are used in combination, the total amount of the inorganic layered compounds is preferably the above content. Within the above range, the oxygen barrier property is improved and good sensitivity can be obtained. Further, it is possible to prevent a decrease in inking property.
 保護層は、可撓性付与のための可塑剤、塗布性を向上させための界面活性剤、表面の滑り性を制御するための無機微粒子など公知の添加物を含有してもよい。また、画像記録層において記載した感脂化剤を保護層に含有させてもよい。 The protective layer may contain known additives such as a plasticizer for imparting flexibility, a surfactant for improving coating properties, and inorganic fine particles for controlling the slipperiness of the surface. Further, the protective layer may contain the sensitizer described in the image recording layer.
 保護層は公知の方法で塗布される。保護層の塗布量(固形分)は、0.01~10g/mが好ましく、0.02~3g/mがより好ましく、0.02~1g/mが特に好ましい。 The protective layer is applied by a known method. The coating amount of the protective layer (solid content) is preferably 0.01 ~ 10g / m 2, more preferably 0.02 ~ 3g / m 2, particularly preferably 0.02 ~ 1g / m 2.
<支持体>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版の支持体は、公知の平版印刷版原版用支持体から適宜選択して用いることができる。支持体としては、公知の方法で粗面化処理され、陽極酸化処理されたアルミニウム板が好ましい。
 アルミニウム板は更に必要に応じて、特開2001-253181号公報及び特開2001-322365号公報に記載されている陽極酸化皮膜のマイクロポアの拡大処理や封孔処理、米国特許第2,714,066号、同第3,181,461号、同第3,280,734号及び同第3,902,734号の各明細書に記載されているようなアルカリ金属シリケートによる表面親水化処理、米国特許第3,276,868号、同第4,153,461号及び同第4,689,272号の各明細書に記載されているようなポリビニルホスホン酸などによる表面親水化処理を適宜選択して行ってもよい。
 支持体は、中心線平均粗さが0.10~1.2μmであることが好ましい。
<Support>
The support of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can be appropriately selected from known lithographic printing plate precursor supports. As the support, an aluminum plate which has been roughened and anodized by a known method is preferable.
If necessary, the aluminum plate may further be subjected to micropore enlargement treatment or sealing treatment of an anodized film described in JP-A-2001-253181 and JP-A-2001-322365, US Pat. No. 2,714, Surface hydrophilization treatment with alkali metal silicate as described in US Pat. Nos. 066, 3,181,461, 3,280,734 and 3,902,734, US The surface hydrophilization treatment with polyvinyl phosphonic acid or the like as described in the specifications of Patent Nos. 3,276,868, 4,153,461 and 4,689,272 is appropriately selected. You may go.
The support preferably has a center line average roughness of 0.10 to 1.2 μm.
 支持体は、必要に応じて、画像記録層とは反対側の面に、特開平5-45885号公報に記載の有機高分子化合物又は特開平6-35174号公報に記載のケイ素のアルコキシ化合物等を含むバックコート層を有していてもよい。 If necessary, the support may be provided on the surface opposite to the image recording layer, such as an organic polymer compound described in JP-A-5-45885, or an alkoxy compound of silicon described in JP-A-6-35174. You may have the backcoat layer containing.
[平版印刷版の作製方法]
 本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版を画像露光する工程(露光工程)、及び、画像様露光後の平版印刷版原版を印刷機上で印刷インキ及び湿し水よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一方により、画像記録層の未露光部を除去する工程(機上現像工程)を含むことが好ましい。
[Preparation method of planographic printing plate]
The method of preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes a step of exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure (exposure step), and printing the lithographic printing plate precursor after imagewise exposure on a printing machine with printing ink and moisture. It is preferable to include a step (on-press development step) of removing an unexposed portion of the image recording layer by at least one selected from the group consisting of water.
<露光工程>
 画像露光は、デジタルデータを赤外線レーザー等により走査露光する方法により行うことが好ましい。
 露光光源の波長は、750~1,400nmが好ましく用いられる。750~1,400nmの光源としては、赤外線を放射する固体レーザー及び半導体レーザーが好適である。露光機構は内面ドラム方式、外面ドラム方式、フラットベッド方式等のいずれでもよい。
 露光工程はプレートセッターなどにより公知の方法で行うことができる。また、露光装置を備えた印刷機を用いて、平版印刷版原版を印刷機に装着した後、印刷機上で露光を行ってもよい。
<Exposure process>
Image exposure is preferably performed by a method of scanning exposure of digital data with an infrared laser or the like.
The wavelength of the exposure light source is preferably 750 to 1,400 nm. As the light source of 750 to 1,400 nm, a solid laser or semiconductor laser that emits infrared light is suitable. The exposure mechanism may be any of an internal drum system, an external drum system, a flat bed system, and the like.
The exposure step can be performed by a known method using a plate setter or the like. Alternatively, the exposure may be performed on the printing machine after the planographic printing plate precursor is mounted on the printing machine using a printing machine equipped with an exposure device.
<機上現像工程>
 機上現像工程においては、画像露光後の平版印刷版原版に何らの現像処理を施すことなく、印刷機上において、印刷インキ及び湿し水よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一方、好ましくは印刷インキ及び湿し水を供給して印刷(機上現像)を開始すると、印刷途上の初期の段階で平版印刷版原版の未露光部分が除去され、それに伴って親水性支持体表面が露出し非画像部が形成される。印刷インキ及び湿し水としては、公知の平版印刷用の印刷インキ及び湿し水が用いられる。最初に平版印刷版原版表面に供給されるのは、印刷インキでも湿し水でもよいが、湿し水が除去された画像記録層成分によって汚染されることを防止する点で、最初に印刷インキを供給することが好ましい。
 このようにして、平版印刷版原版はオフセット印刷機上で機上現像され、そのまま多数枚の印刷に用いられる。
<On-machine development process>
In the on-press development process, at least one selected from the group consisting of printing ink and fountain solution on the printing press without performing any development treatment on the lithographic printing plate precursor after image exposure, preferably printing ink When dampening water is supplied and printing (on-press development) is started, the unexposed portion of the lithographic printing plate precursor is removed at an early stage of printing, and the hydrophilic support surface is exposed accordingly, and a non-image is formed. Part is formed. As the printing ink and fountain solution, known lithographic printing ink and fountain solution are used. The lithographic printing plate precursor may be initially supplied with the printing ink or fountain solution, but the printing ink is first used in order to prevent the fountain solution from being contaminated by the removed image recording layer components. Is preferably supplied.
In this way, the lithographic printing plate precursor is subjected to on-press development on an offset printing machine and used as it is for printing a large number of sheets.
 本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、上記工程以外に、公知の他の工程を含んでいてもよい。他の工程としては、例えば、各工程の前に平版印刷版原版の位置や向き等を確認する検版工程や、機上現像工程の後に、印刷画像を確認する確認工程等が挙げられる。 The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure may include other known steps in addition to the above steps. Examples of other processes include a plate inspection process for confirming the position and orientation of the lithographic printing plate precursor before each process, a confirmation process for confirming a printed image after the on-machine development process, and the like.
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、画像記録層の構成成分であるポリマー等を適宜選択することにより、現像液を用いる現像処理によっても平版印刷版を作製することができる。現像液を用いる現像処理は、アルカリ剤を含むpH14以下の高pHの現像液を用いる態様(アルカリ現像ともいう)、並びに、界面活性剤及び水溶性高分子化合物よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物を含有するpH2~11程度の現像液を用いる態様(簡易現像ともいう)を含む。アルカリ現像及び簡易現像は公知の方法により実施することができる。 The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can be prepared as a lithographic printing plate by a development process using a developer by appropriately selecting a polymer or the like which is a constituent component of the image recording layer. The development process using a developer is at least one selected from the group consisting of an embodiment (also referred to as alkali development) using a developer having a high pH of 14 or less containing an alkali agent, and a surfactant and a water-soluble polymer compound. This includes an embodiment (also referred to as simple development) that uses a developer containing a seed compound and having a pH of about 2 to 11. Alkali development and simple development can be carried out by known methods.
[式1で表される化合物、及び、発色剤]
 上記式1で表される化合物は、新規な化合物であり、発色剤、特に感熱性発色剤、赤外線感光性発色剤、又は、感熱性かつ赤外線感光性発色剤として好適に用いることができる。
 新規化合物としての式1で表される化合物の好ましい態様は、上述した本開示に係る発色組成物における式1で表される化合物の好ましい態様と同じである。
[Compound represented by Formula 1 and Coloring Agent]
The compound represented by the above formula 1 is a novel compound, and can be suitably used as a color former, particularly a heat-sensitive color former, an infrared-sensitive color former, or a heat-sensitive and infrared-sensitive color former.
A preferred embodiment of the compound represented by Formula 1 as the novel compound is the same as the preferred embodiment of the compound represented by Formula 1 in the color forming composition according to the present disclosure described above.
 以下、実施例により本発明の実施形態を詳細に説明するが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、高分子化合物において、特別に規定したもの以外は、分子量はゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)法によるポリスチレン換算値とした重量平均分子量(Mw)であり、繰り返し単位の比率はモル百分率である。また、「部」は、特に断りのない限り、「質量部」を意味する。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail by way of examples, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In the polymer compound, unless otherwise specified, the molecular weight is a weight average molecular weight (Mw) in terms of polystyrene converted by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method, and the ratio of repeating units is a mole percentage. Further, “part” means “part by mass” unless otherwise specified.
 式1で表される化合物の合成例を以下に記載する。他の式1で表される化合物も、原料や反応中間体を適宜変更することにより同様にして合成することができる。なお、実施例における化合物D-1~D-25はそれぞれ、上述した化合物D-1~D-25と同じ化合物を表す。 Synthesis examples of the compound represented by Formula 1 are described below. Other compounds represented by Formula 1 can also be synthesized in the same manner by appropriately changing raw materials and reaction intermediates. In the examples, compounds D-1 to D-25 represent the same compounds as the above-mentioned compounds D-1 to D-25, respectively.
〔合成例1:化合物D-1の合成〕
 D-1の合成スキームを以下に示す。
[Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Compound D-1]
A synthesis scheme of D-1 is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 ナスフラスコに化合物1(20部)、化合物2(32.2部)を入れ、100℃、1時間撹拌した。反応液を濃縮した後、1,4-ブタンジオール(10.1部)を入れ、220℃にて2日間撹拌した。得られた反応液をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにより精製し、化合物3を20部得た。
 ナスフラスコに化合物3(0.3部)、ヨードエタン(9.8部)を入れ、60℃にて5時間撹拌した。反応物をアセトンで再沈殿し、化合物4を0.2部得た。
 ナスフラスコに化合物4(0.05部)、化合物5(0.023部)、2-プロパノール(3.1部)、無水酢酸(0.034部)、トリエチルアミン(0.034部)を入れ、25℃にて5時間撹拌した。反応液を5質量%ヘキサフルオロリン酸カリウム水溶液で再沈殿し、化合物6を0.04部得た。
 三口フラスコに、塩化リチウム(42.4部)、テトラヒドロフラン(647部)を入れ、窒素雰囲気下で-10℃に冷却した。塩化t-ブチルマグネシウム(2M(mol/L)、テトラヒドロフラン溶液)固形分として159部を、内温を-5℃以下に保ち滴下した後、-10℃で30分間撹拌した。別途、4-ピリジンカルボキシアルデヒド(79.3部)とテトラヒドロフラン(79.3部)とを混合し、上記反応液に、内温を-5℃以下に保ち滴下した後、0℃以下で2時間撹拌した。蒸留水(72部)を内温が25℃を越えないように滴下し、2M塩酸水溶液(531部)を加えて30分撹拌した。酢酸エチル(200部)を加え、反応液を分液ロートに移した後、水層を除去した。有機層を飽和食塩水(240部)で洗浄後、溶媒を減圧留去した。得られた固体に酢酸エチル(35部)を添加し、60℃で加熱撹拌して固体を溶解後、0℃に冷却して5時間静置した。得られた結晶をろ過により回収し、トルエン(86.7部)で2回洗浄し、減圧乾燥して4-(t-ブチルヒドロキシメチル)ピリジンを37部得た。
 ナスフラスコに、化合物6(0.12部)、4-(t-ブチルヒドロキシメチル)ピリジン(0.03部)、カテコール(0.01部)、炭酸カリウム(0.02部)、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(4.7部)を入れ、25℃にて24時間撹拌した後、アセトン(3.9部)を加えた。別途、ステンレスビーカーに5質量%ヘキサフルオロリン酸カリウム水溶液(22部)を入れ撹拌しながら、上記反応液を滴下した。得られた沈殿をろ過し、蒸留水で洗浄後、送風乾燥して化合物7を0.09部得た。
 ナスフラスコに、化合物7を(0.03部)、パラトルエンスルホン酸メチル(0.03部)、アセトン(3.9部)を入れ、25℃にて24時間撹拌した。反応液に5質量%ヘキサフルオロリン酸カリウム水溶液を滴下し、沈殿をろ過により回収し、ヘキサン/酢酸エチルを体積比で2/1で混合した溶液で洗浄後、送風乾燥して化合物D-1を0.01部得た。
Compound 1 (20 parts) and compound 2 (32.2 parts) were placed in an eggplant flask and stirred at 100 ° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated, 1,4-butanediol (10.1 parts) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 220 ° C. for 2 days. The resulting reaction solution was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 20 parts of compound 3.
Compound 3 (0.3 parts) and iodoethane (9.8 parts) were placed in an eggplant flask and stirred at 60 ° C. for 5 hours. The reaction product was reprecipitated with acetone to obtain 0.2 part of Compound 4.
Compound 4 (0.05 parts), compound 5 (0.023 parts), 2-propanol (3.1 parts), acetic anhydride (0.034 parts), triethylamine (0.034 parts) were placed in an eggplant flask. Stir at 25 ° C. for 5 hours. The reaction solution was reprecipitated with a 5% by mass aqueous potassium hexafluorophosphate solution to obtain 0.04 part of Compound 6.
Lithium chloride (42.4 parts) and tetrahydrofuran (647 parts) were placed in a three-necked flask and cooled to −10 ° C. in a nitrogen atmosphere. 159 parts of t-butylmagnesium chloride (2M (mol / L), tetrahydrofuran solution) as a solid content was added dropwise with the internal temperature kept at -5 ° C or lower, and then stirred at -10 ° C for 30 minutes. Separately, 4-pyridinecarboxaldehyde (79.3 parts) and tetrahydrofuran (79.3 parts) were mixed and added dropwise to the above reaction solution with the internal temperature kept at -5 ° C or lower, and then at 0 ° C or lower for 2 hours. Stir. Distilled water (72 parts) was added dropwise so that the internal temperature did not exceed 25 ° C., a 2M aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (531 parts) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Ethyl acetate (200 parts) was added, the reaction solution was transferred to a separatory funnel, and the aqueous layer was removed. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine (240 parts), and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. Ethyl acetate (35 parts) was added to the obtained solid, heated and stirred at 60 ° C. to dissolve the solid, cooled to 0 ° C., and allowed to stand for 5 hours. The obtained crystals were collected by filtration, washed twice with toluene (86.7 parts), and dried under reduced pressure to obtain 37 parts of 4- (t-butylhydroxymethyl) pyridine.
In an eggplant flask, compound 6 (0.12 parts), 4- (t-butylhydroxymethyl) pyridine (0.03 parts), catechol (0.01 parts), potassium carbonate (0.02 parts), N, N -Dimethylformamide (4.7 parts) was added, stirred at 25 ° C for 24 hours, and then acetone (3.9 parts) was added. Separately, a 5 mass% potassium hexafluorophosphate aqueous solution (22 parts) was placed in a stainless beaker, and the reaction solution was added dropwise while stirring. The obtained precipitate was filtered, washed with distilled water, and dried by blowing to obtain 0.09 part of Compound 7.
Compound 7 (0.03 parts), methyl paratoluenesulfonate (0.03 parts), and acetone (3.9 parts) were placed in an eggplant flask and stirred at 25 ° C. for 24 hours. A 5% by mass aqueous potassium hexafluorophosphate solution was added dropwise to the reaction solution, and the precipitate was collected by filtration. 0.01 parts of was obtained.
〔合成例2:化合物D-25の合成〕
 化合物D-1の合成において、5質量%ヘキサフルオロリン酸カリウム水溶液の代わりに蒸留水を滴下して沈殿させることで、化合物D-1におけるジカチオンのTsO塩化合物(D-25)を得た。
[Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of Compound D-25]
Synthesis of Compound D-1, is precipitated by dropwise addition of distilled water instead of 5 wt% potassium hexafluorophosphate aqueous solution, TsO dicationic in Compound D-1 - was obtained salt compound (D-25) .
〔実施例1~13及び比較例1~4〕
<支持体の作製>
 厚さ0.3mmのアルミニウム板(材質JIS A 1050)の表面の圧延油を除去するため、10質量%アルミン酸ソーダ水溶液を用いて50℃で30秒間脱脂処理を施した後、毛径0.3mmの束植ナイロンブラシ3本とメジアン径25μmのパミス-水懸濁液(比重1.1g/cm)とを用いアルミニウム板表面を砂目立てし、水でよく洗浄した。アルミニウム板を45℃の25質量%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液に9秒間浸漬してエッチングを行い、水洗後、更に60℃で20質量%硝酸水溶液に20秒間浸漬し、水洗した。砂目立て表面のエッチング量は約3g/mであった。
[Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4]
<Production of support>
In order to remove the rolling oil on the surface of an aluminum plate (material JIS A 1050) having a thickness of 0.3 mm, a degreasing treatment was performed at 50 ° C. for 30 seconds using a 10 mass% sodium aluminate aqueous solution, and then the bristle diameter was set to 0.00. The surface of the aluminum plate was grained using three 3 mm bundle-planted nylon brushes and a pumice-water suspension (specific gravity 1.1 g / cm 3 ) having a median diameter of 25 μm and washed thoroughly with water. Etching was performed by immersing the aluminum plate in a 25 mass% sodium hydroxide aqueous solution at 45 ° C for 9 seconds, washing with water, and further immersed in a 20 mass% nitric acid aqueous solution at 60 ° C for 20 seconds, followed by washing with water. The etching amount of the grained surface was about 3 g / m 2 .
 次に、60Hzの交流電圧を用いて連続的に電気化学的な粗面化処理を行った。電解液は硝酸1質量%水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む)、液温は50℃であった。交流電源波形は、電流値がゼロからピークに達するまでの時間TPが0.8msec、duty比1:1、台形の矩形波交流を用いて、カーボン電極を対極として電気化学的な粗面化処理を行った。補助アノードにはフェライトを用いた。電流密度は電流のピーク値で30A/dm、補助陽極には電源から流れる電流の5%を分流させた。硝酸電解における電気量はアルミニウム板が陽極時の電気量175C/dmであった。その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。 Next, an electrochemical roughening treatment was performed continuously using an alternating voltage of 60 Hz. The electrolytic solution was a 1% by mass aqueous nitric acid solution (containing 0.5% by mass aluminum ions), and the liquid temperature was 50 ° C. The AC power source waveform is electrochemical roughening treatment using a trapezoidal rectangular wave alternating current with a time ratio TP of 0.8 msec until the current value reaches a peak from zero, a duty ratio of 1: 1, and a trapezoidal rectangular wave alternating current. Went. Ferrite was used for the auxiliary anode. The current density was 30 A / dm 2 at the peak current value, and 5% of the current flowing from the power source was shunted to the auxiliary anode. The amount of electricity in nitric acid electrolysis was 175 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was the anode. Then, water washing by spraying was performed.
 続いて、塩酸0.5質量%水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む)、液温50℃の電解液にて、アルミニウム板が陽極時の電気量50C/dmの条件で、硝酸電解と同様の方法で電気化学的な粗面化処理を行い、その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。
 次に、アルミニウム板に15質量%硫酸水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む)を電解液として電流密度15A/dmで2.5g/mの直流陽極酸化皮膜を形成した後、水洗、乾燥して支持体Aを作製した。陽極酸化皮膜の表層における平均ポア径(表面平均ポア径)は10nmであった。
 陽極酸化皮膜の表層におけるポア径の測定は、超高分解能型SEM((株)日立製作所製S-900)を使用し、12Vという比較的低加速電圧で、導電性を付与する蒸着処理等を施すこと無しに、表面を15万倍の倍率で観察し、50個のポアを無作為抽出して平均値を求める方法で行った。標準偏差誤差は±10%以下であった。
Subsequently, nitric acid electrolysis was performed with an aqueous solution of 0.5% by mass of hydrochloric acid (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ions) and an electrolytic solution having a liquid temperature of 50 ° C. under the condition of an electric quantity of 50 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was the anode. Electrochemical surface roughening treatment was carried out in the same manner as above, followed by washing with water by spraying.
Next, a 2.5 g / m 2 direct current anodic oxide film having a current density of 15 A / dm 2 is formed on an aluminum plate as an electrolyte using a 15 mass% aqueous sulfuric acid solution (containing 0.5 mass% of aluminum ions), and then washed with water. The support A was prepared by drying. The average pore diameter (surface average pore diameter) in the surface layer of the anodized film was 10 nm.
The pore diameter in the surface layer of the anodized film is measured using an ultra-high resolution SEM (S-900, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), with a deposition process that imparts conductivity at a relatively low acceleration voltage of 12V. Without applying, the surface was observed at a magnification of 150,000 times, and 50 pores were randomly extracted to obtain an average value. The standard deviation error was ± 10% or less.
 その後、非画像部の親水性を確保するため、支持体Aに2.5質量%3号ケイ酸ソーダ水溶液を用いて60℃で10秒間シリケート処理を施した後、水洗して支持体Bを作製した。Siの付着量は10mg/mであった。支持体Bの中心線平均粗さ(Ra)を直径2μmの針を用いて測定したところ、0.51μmであった。 Thereafter, in order to ensure the hydrophilicity of the non-image area, the support A was subjected to silicate treatment at 60 ° C. for 10 seconds using a 2.5 mass% No. 3 sodium silicate aqueous solution, and then washed with water to obtain the support B. Produced. The adhesion amount of Si was 10 mg / m 2 . When the center line average roughness (Ra) of the support B was measured using a needle having a diameter of 2 μm, it was 0.51 μm.
 上記支持体Aの作製において、直流陽極酸化皮膜形成時の電解液を、22質量%リン酸水溶液に変更した以外は、支持体Aの作製方法と同様にして、支持体Cを作製した。陽極酸化皮膜の表層における平均ポア径(表面平均ポア径)上記と同様の方法で測定したところ、25nmであった。 Support C was prepared in the same manner as the support A, except that the electrolyte for forming the direct current anodized film was changed to a 22% by mass phosphoric acid aqueous solution. The average pore diameter (surface average pore diameter) in the surface layer of the anodized film was 25 nm as measured by the same method as described above.
 その後、非画像部の親水性を確保するため、支持体Cに2.5質量%3号ケイ酸ソーダ水溶液を用いて60℃で10秒間シリケート処理を施した後、水洗して支持体Dを作製した。Siの付着量は10mg/mであった。支持体Dの中心線平均粗さ(Ra)を直径2μmの針を用いて測定したところ、0.52μmであった。 Thereafter, in order to ensure the hydrophilicity of the non-image area, the support C was subjected to a silicate treatment at 60 ° C. for 10 seconds using a 2.5 mass% No. 3 sodium silicate aqueous solution, and then washed with water to obtain the support D. Produced. The adhesion amount of Si was 10 mg / m 2 . When the center line average roughness (Ra) of the support D was measured using a needle having a diameter of 2 μm, it was 0.52 μm.
1.平版印刷版原版Aの作製
<下塗り層の形成>
 上記支持体上に、下記組成の下塗り層塗布液(1)を乾燥塗布量が20mg/mになるよう塗布して下塗り層を形成した。
1. Preparation of lithographic printing plate precursor A <Formation of undercoat layer>
On the support, an undercoat layer coating solution (1) having the following composition was applied so that the dry coating amount was 20 mg / m 2 to form an undercoat layer.
<下塗り層塗布液(1)>
・ポリマー(P-1)〔下記構造〕:0.18部
・ヒドロキシエチルイミノ二酢酸:0.10部
・水:61.4部
<Undercoat layer coating solution (1)>
Polymer (P-1) [Structure below]: 0.18 part Hydroxyethyliminodiacetic acid: 0.10 part Water: 61.4 parts
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
<ポリマーP-1の合成>
 ポリマーP-1の合成法を以下に記載する。
<Synthesis of polymer P-1>
The synthesis method of polymer P-1 is described below.
(モノマーM-1の合成)
 3つ口フラスコに、アンカミン 1922A(ジエチレングリコールジ(アミノプロピル)エーテル、エアープロダクツ社製)200部、蒸留水435部及びメタノール410部を加え、5℃まで冷却した。次に安息香酸222.5部及び4-ヒドロキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン-1-オキシル(4-OH-TEMPO)0.025部を加え、メタクリル酸無水物280部を、反応液の内温が10℃以下となる様に滴下した。反応液を5℃で6時間撹拌し、次いで25℃にて12時間撹拌した後、リン酸70部を加えpHを3.3に調整した。反応液をステンレスビーカーに移し、酢酸エチル3,320部、メチル-tertブチルエーテル(MTBE)1,120部及び蒸留水650部を加え、激しく撹拌した後静置した。上層(有機層)を廃棄した後、酢酸エチル1,610部1.8Lを加え、激しく撹拌した後静置し、上層を廃棄した。更に、酢酸エチル1,350部を加え、激しく撹拌した後静置し、上層を廃棄した。次いで、MTBE1,190部を加え、激しく撹拌した後静置し、上層を廃棄した。得られた水溶液に4-OH-TEMPO0.063部を加えてモノマーM-1の水溶液(固形分換算20.1質量%)を12,000部得た。
(Synthesis of Monomer M-1)
To a three-necked flask, 200 parts of Ancamine 1922A (diethylene glycol di (aminopropyl) ether, manufactured by Air Products), 435 parts of distilled water and 410 parts of methanol were added and cooled to 5 ° C. Next, 222.5 parts of benzoic acid and 0.025 part of 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1-oxyl (4-OH-TEMPO) were added, and 280 parts of methacrylic anhydride were added. The reaction solution was added dropwise so that the internal temperature was 10 ° C. or lower. The reaction solution was stirred at 5 ° C. for 6 hours and then stirred at 25 ° C. for 12 hours, and then 70 parts of phosphoric acid was added to adjust the pH to 3.3. The reaction solution was transferred to a stainless beaker, 3,320 parts of ethyl acetate, 1,120 parts of methyl-tertbutyl ether (MTBE) and 650 parts of distilled water were added, and the mixture was stirred vigorously and allowed to stand. After discarding the upper layer (organic layer), 1,610 parts of ethyl acetate (1.8 L) was added, stirred vigorously and allowed to stand, and the upper layer was discarded. Furthermore, 1,350 parts of ethyl acetate was added, stirred vigorously and allowed to stand, and the upper layer was discarded. Next, 1,190 parts of MTBE was added, and after vigorous stirring, the mixture was allowed to stand and the upper layer was discarded. To the obtained aqueous solution, 0.063 parts of 4-OH-TEMPO was added to obtain 12,000 parts of an aqueous solution of monomer M-1 (20.1% by mass in terms of solid content).
(モノマーM-2の精製)
 ライトエステル P-1M(2-メタクロイロキシエチルアシッドホスフェート、共栄社化学(株)製)420部、ジエチレングリコールジブチルエーテル1,050部及び蒸留水1,050部を分液ロートに加え、激しく撹拌した後静置した。上層を廃棄した後、ジエチレングリコールジブチルエーテル1,050部を加え、激しく撹拌した後静置した。上層を廃棄してモノマーM-2の水溶液(固形分換算10.5質量%)を13,000部得た。
(Purification of monomer M-2)
After adding 420 parts of light ester P-1M (2-methacryloylethyl acid phosphate, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,050 parts of diethylene glycol dibutyl ether and 1,050 parts of distilled water to a separating funnel, and vigorously stirring Left to stand. After discarding the upper layer, 1,050 parts of diethylene glycol dibutyl ether was added, and the mixture was vigorously stirred and allowed to stand. The upper layer was discarded to obtain 13,000 parts of an aqueous solution of monomer M-2 (10.5% by mass in terms of solid content).
(ポリマーP-1の合成)
 三口フラスコに、蒸留水を600.6部、モノマーM-1水溶液を33.1部及び下記モノマーM-3を46.1部加え、窒素雰囲気下で55℃に昇温した。次に、以下に示す滴下液1を2時間掛けて滴下し、30分撹拌した後、VA-046B(和光純薬工業(株)製)3.9部を加え、80℃に昇温し、1.5時間撹拌した。反応液を室温(25℃、以下同様)に戻した後、30質量%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液175部を加え、pHを8.3に調整した。次に、4-OH-TEMPO0.152部を加え、53℃に昇温した。メタクリル酸無水物66.0部を加えて53℃で3時間撹拌した。室温に戻した後、反応液をステンレスビーカーに移し、MTBE1,800部を加え、激しく撹拌した後静置し、上層を廃棄した。同様にしてMTBE1,800部による洗浄操作を更に2回繰り返した後、得られた水層に蒸留水1,700部及び4-OH-TEMPOを0.212部加え、均一溶液としてポリマーP-1(固形分換算11.0質量%)を41,000部得た。ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)法によるポリエチレングリコール換算値とした重量平均分子量(Mw)は20万であった。
(Synthesis of polymer P-1)
In a three-necked flask, 600.6 parts of distilled water, 33.1 parts of an aqueous monomer M-1 solution and 46.1 parts of the following monomer M-3 were added, and the temperature was raised to 55 ° C. in a nitrogen atmosphere. Next, the dropping solution 1 shown below was dropped over 2 hours and stirred for 30 minutes, then 3.9 parts of VA-046B (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added, and the temperature was raised to 80 ° C., Stir for 1.5 hours. After returning the reaction solution to room temperature (25 ° C., the same applies hereinafter), 175 parts of a 30% by mass aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added to adjust the pH to 8.3. Next, 0.152 part of 4-OH-TEMPO was added, and the temperature was raised to 53 ° C. 66.0 parts of methacrylic anhydride were added and stirred at 53 ° C. for 3 hours. After returning to room temperature, the reaction solution was transferred to a stainless beaker, 1,800 parts of MTBE was added, the mixture was vigorously stirred and allowed to stand, and the upper layer was discarded. Similarly, the washing operation with 1,800 parts of MTBE was further repeated twice, and then 1,700 parts of distilled water and 0.212 parts of 4-OH-TEMPO were added to the obtained aqueous layer to obtain a polymer P-1 as a homogeneous solution. 41,000 parts (11.0% by mass in terms of solid content) were obtained. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) in terms of polyethylene glycol by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method was 200,000.
<滴下液1>
・上記モノマーM-1水溶液:132.4部
・上記モノマーM-2水溶液:376.9部
・モノマーM-3〔下記構造〕:184.3部
・ブレンマー PME-4000(日油(株)製):15.3部
・VA-046B(和光純薬工業(株)製):3.9部
・蒸留水:717.4部
<Drip liquid 1>
Monomer M-1 aqueous solution: 132.4 parts Monomer M-2 aqueous solution: 376.9 parts Monomer M-3 [structure shown below] 184.3 parts Bremer PME-4000 (manufactured by NOF Corporation) ): 15.3 parts · VA-046B (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.): 3.9 parts · Distilled water: 717.4 parts
 ブレンマー PME-4000:メトキシポリエチレングリコールメタクリレート(オキシエチレン単位の繰り返し数:90)
 VA-046B:2,2’-アゾビス[2-(2-イミダゾリン-2-イル)プロパン]ジスルフェートジハイドレート
BLEMMER PME-4000: Methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate (Repeating number of oxyethylene units: 90)
VA-046B: 2,2′-azobis [2- (2-imidazolin-2-yl) propane] disulfate dihydrate
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
<画像記録層の形成>
 下塗り層上に、下記組成の画像記録層塗布液(1)をバー塗布し、100℃で60秒間オーブン乾燥して乾燥塗布量1.0g/mの画像記録層を形成した。
 画像記録層塗布液(1)は、下記感光液(1)及びミクロゲル液を塗布直前に混合し攪拌することにより調製した。
<Formation of image recording layer>
On the undercoat layer, an image recording layer coating solution (1) having the following composition was coated with a bar and oven-dried at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an image recording layer having a dry coating amount of 1.0 g / m 2 .
The image recording layer coating solution (1) was prepared by mixing and stirring the following photosensitive solution (1) and microgel solution immediately before coating.
<感光液(1)>
・バインダーポリマー(1)〔下記構造〕:0.240部
・重合開始剤(1)〔下記構造〕:0.245部
・表1に記載の化合物D又は比較用化合物:0.046部
・ボレート化合物 TPB〔下記構造〕:0.010部
・重合性化合物 トリス(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート(NKエステル A-9300、新中村化学工業(株)製):0.192部
・低分子親水性化合物 トリス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート:0.062部
・低分子親水性化合物(1)〔下記構造〕:0.050部
・感脂化剤 ホスホニウム化合物(1)〔下記構造〕:0.055部
  
・感脂化剤 ベンジル-ジメチル-オクチルアンモニウム・PF塩:0.018部
  
・感脂化剤 アンモニウム基含有ポリマー(1)〔下記構造、還元比粘度44ml/g〕:0.035部
・フッ素系界面活性剤(1)〔下記構造〕:0.008部
・2-ブタノン:1.091部
・1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール:8.609部
<Photosensitive solution (1)>
-Binder polymer (1) [following structure]: 0.240 parts-Polymerization initiator (1) [following structure]: 0.245 parts-Compound D listed in Table 1 or comparative compound: 0.046 parts-borate Compound TPB [following structure]: 0.010 parts Polymerizable compound Tris (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate (NK ester A-9300, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.192 parts Low molecular weight hydrophilic compound Tris (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate: 0.062 parts, low molecular weight hydrophilic compound (1) [following structure]: 0.050 part, sensitizer Phosphonium compound (1) [following structure]: 0.055 Part
Sensitizing agent benzyl-dimethyl-octylammonium / PF 6 salt: 0.018 part
-Sensitizing agent Ammonium group-containing polymer (1) [the following structure, reduced specific viscosity 44 ml / g]: 0.035 parts-Fluorosurfactant (1) [following structure]: 0.008 parts-2-butanone : 1.091 parts · 1-methoxy-2-propanol: 8.609 parts
<ミクロゲル液>
・ミクロゲル(1):2.640部
・蒸留水:2.425部
<Microgel solution>
-Microgel (1): 2.640 parts-Distilled water: 2.425 parts
 上記感光液(1)に用いたバインダーポリマー(1)、重合開始剤(1)、TPB、低分子親水性化合物(1)、ホスホニウム化合物(1)、アンモニウム基含有ポリマー(1)及びフッ素系界面活性剤(1)の構造を以下に示す。なお、Meはメチル基を表し、下記ポリマーの各構成単位の括弧の右下の数字はモル比を表す。 Binder polymer (1), polymerization initiator (1), TPB, low molecular weight hydrophilic compound (1), phosphonium compound (1), ammonium group-containing polymer (1) and fluorine-based interface used in the photosensitive solution (1) The structure of the active agent (1) is shown below. In addition, Me represents a methyl group, and the number on the lower right of the parenthesis of each structural unit of the following polymer represents a molar ratio.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 比較用化合物d-1の構造を以下に示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
The structure of comparative compound d-1 is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
 上記ミクロゲル液に用いたミクロゲル(1)の調製法を以下に示す。 The method for preparing the microgel (1) used in the microgel solution is shown below.
<多価イソシアネート化合物(1)の調製>
 イソホロンジイソシアネート17.78部と下記多価フェノール化合物(1)7.35部との酢酸エチル(25.31部)懸濁溶液に、ビスマストリス(2-エチルヘキサノエート)(ネオスタン U-600、日東化成(株)製)0.043部を加えて撹拌した。発熱が収まった時点で反応温度を50℃に設定し、3時間撹拌して多価イソシアネート化合物(1)の酢酸エチル溶液(50質量%)を得た。
<Preparation of polyvalent isocyanate compound (1)>
In a suspension of 17.78 parts of isophorone diisocyanate and 7.35 parts of the following polyphenol compound (1) in ethyl acetate (25.31 parts), bismuth tris (2-ethylhexanoate) (Neostan U-600, 0.043 parts of Nitto Kasei Co., Ltd.) was added and stirred. When the exotherm had subsided, the reaction temperature was set to 50 ° C., and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours to obtain an ethyl acetate solution (50 mass%) of the polyvalent isocyanate compound (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
<ミクロゲル(1)の調製>
 下記油相成分及び水相成分を混合し、ホモジナイザーを用いて12,000rpmで10分間乳化した。得られた乳化物を45℃で4時間撹拌後、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデカ-7-エン-オクチル酸塩(U-CAT SA102、サンアプロ(株)製)の10質量%水溶液5.20部を加え、室温で30分撹拌し、45℃で24時間静置した。蒸留水で、固形分濃度を20質量%になるように調整し、ミクロゲル(1)の水分散液が得られた。光散乱法により平均粒径を測定したところ、0.28μmであった。
<Preparation of microgel (1)>
The following oil phase component and aqueous phase component were mixed and emulsified for 10 minutes at 12,000 rpm using a homogenizer. After the resulting emulsion was stirred at 45 ° C. for 4 hours, 10 mass of 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene-octylate (U-CAT SA102, manufactured by San Apro Co., Ltd.) % Aqueous solution (5.20 parts) was added, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and allowed to stand at 45 ° C. for 24 hours. Distilled water was used to adjust the solid content concentration to 20% by mass, and an aqueous dispersion of microgel (1) was obtained. When an average particle diameter was measured by a light scattering method, it was 0.28 μm.
(油相成分)
(成分1)酢酸エチル:12.0部
(成分2)トリメチロールプロパン(6モル当量)とキシレンジイソシアネート(18モル当量)とを付加させ、これにメチル片末端ポリオキシエチレン(1モル当量、オキシエチレン単位の繰返し数:90)を付加させた付加体(50質量%酢酸エチル溶液、三井化学(株)製):3.76部
(成分3)多価イソシアネート化合物(1)(50質量%酢酸エチル溶液として):15.0部
(成分4)ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート(SR-399、サートマー社製)の65質量%酢酸エチル溶液:11.54部
(成分5)スルホン酸塩型界面活性剤(パイオニンA-41-C、竹本油脂(株)製)の10%酢酸エチル溶液:4.42部
(Oil phase component)
(Component 1) Ethyl acetate: 12.0 parts (Component 2) Trimethylolpropane (6 molar equivalents) and xylene diisocyanate (18 molar equivalents) were added to this, and methyl-terminated polyoxyethylene (1 molar equivalent, oxy Adduct with addition of ethylene unit repeat number: 90) (50 mass% ethyl acetate solution, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals): 3.76 parts (component 3) polyvalent isocyanate compound (1) (50 mass% acetic acid) (As ethyl solution): 15.0 parts (component 4) 65% by weight ethyl acetate solution of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate (SR-399, manufactured by Sartomer): 11.54 parts (component 5) sulfonate type surfactant (Pionine A-41-C, Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.) 10% ethyl acetate solution: 4.42 parts
(水相成分)
蒸留水:46.87部
(Water phase component)
Distilled water: 46.87 parts
<保護層の形成>
 画像記録層上に、下記組成の保護層塗布液をバー塗布し、120℃で60秒間オーブン乾燥して、乾燥塗布量が0.15g/mの保護層を形成して平版印刷版原版Aを作製した。各平版印刷版原版の作製において使用した支持体、画像記録層塗布液(1)中の化合物A又は比較用化合物を表1にまとめて記載する。
<Formation of protective layer>
A protective layer coating solution having the following composition is bar-coated on the image recording layer and oven-dried at 120 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a protective layer having a dry coating amount of 0.15 g / m 2. Was made. Table 1 summarizes the support used in the preparation of each lithographic printing plate precursor, the compound A or the comparative compound in the image recording layer coating solution (1).
<保護層塗布液>
・無機層状化合物分散液(1)〔下記〕:1.5部
・ポリビニルアルコール(CKS50、日本合成化学工業(株)製、スルホン酸変性、けん化度99モル%以上、重合度300)6質量%水溶液:0.55部
・ポリビニルアルコール(PVA-405、(株)クラレ製、けん化度81.5モル%、重合度500)6質量%水溶液:0.03部
・界面活性剤(ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、エマレックス710、日本エマルジョン(株)製)1質量%水溶液:0.86部
・イオン交換水:6.0部
<Protective layer coating solution>
-Inorganic layered compound dispersion (1) [below]: 1.5 parts-Polyvinyl alcohol (CKS50, manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., sulfonic acid modification, saponification degree 99 mol% or more, polymerization degree 300) 6% by mass Aqueous solution: 0.55 parts, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA-405, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., saponification degree: 81.5 mol%, polymerization degree: 500) 6% by weight Aqueous solution: 0.03 parts, surfactant (polyoxyethylene lauryl) Ether, Emalex 710, manufactured by Nippon Emulsion Co., Ltd.) 1% by weight aqueous solution: 0.86 parts, ion-exchanged water: 6.0 parts
 上記保護層塗布液に用いた無機層状化合物分散液(1)の調製法を以下に示す。 The method for preparing the inorganic layered compound dispersion (1) used in the protective layer coating solution is shown below.
<無機層状化合物分散液(1)の調製>
 イオン交換水193.6部に合成雲母(ソマシフME-100、コープケミカル(株)製)6.4部を添加し、ホモジナイザーを用いて平均粒径(レーザー散乱法)が3μmになるまで分散した。得られた分散粒子のアスペクト比は100以上であった。
<Preparation of inorganic layered compound dispersion (1)>
6.4 parts of synthetic mica (Somasif ME-100, manufactured by Coop Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added to 193.6 parts of ion-exchanged water, and dispersed using an homogenizer until the average particle size (laser scattering method) became 3 μm. . The aspect ratio of the obtained dispersed particles was 100 or more.
2.平版印刷版原版Bの作製
 上記平版印刷版原版Aの作製において、上記画像記録層塗布液(1)の代りに、下記画像記録層塗布液(2)を用いる他は上記平版印刷版原版Aの作製と同様にして平版印刷版原版Bを作製した。画像記録層塗布液(2)は下記感光液(2)及びミクロゲル液を塗布直前に混合し撹拌することにより調製した。各平版印刷版原版の作製において使用した支持体、画像記録層塗布液(2)中の化合物D又は比較用化合物を表1にまとめて記載する。
2. Preparation of lithographic printing plate precursor B In preparation of the lithographic printing plate precursor A, the following lithographic printing plate precursor A is used in place of the image recording layer coating liquid (1) except that the following image recording layer coating liquid (2) is used. A lithographic printing plate precursor B was prepared in the same manner as the preparation. The image recording layer coating solution (2) was prepared by mixing and stirring the following photosensitive solution (2) and microgel solution immediately before coating. Table 1 summarizes the support used in the preparation of each lithographic printing plate precursor, the compound D in the image recording layer coating solution (2) or the comparative compound.
<感光液(2)>
・バインダーポリマー(1)〔上記〕:0.240部
・連鎖移動剤(S-1)〔下記構造〕:0.060部
・表1記載の化合物D又は比較用化合物:0.038部
・ボレート化合物 TPB〔上記〕:0.010部
・重合性化合物 トリス(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート(NKエステル A-9300、新中村化学工業(株)製):0.192部
・低分子親水性化合物 トリス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート:0.062部
・低分子親水性化合物(1)〔上記〕:0.050部
・感脂化剤 ホスホニウム化合物(1)〔上記〕:0.055部
・感脂化剤 ベンジル-ジメチル-オクチルアンモニウム・PF塩:0.018部
・感脂化剤 アンモニウム基含有ポリマー(1)〔上記〕:0.035部
・フッ素系界面活性剤(1)〔上記〕:0.008部
・2-ブタノン:1.091部
・1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール:8.609部
<Photosensitive solution (2)>
-Binder polymer (1) [above]: 0.240 parts-Chain transfer agent (S-1) [following structure]: 0.060 parts-Compound D listed in Table 1 or comparative compound: 0.038 parts-Borate Compound TPB [above]: 0.010 parts Polymerizable compound Tris (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate (NK ester A-9300, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.192 parts Low molecular weight hydrophilic compound Tris (2-Hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate: 0.062 parts. Low molecular weight hydrophilic compound (1) [above]: 0.050 part. Sensitizer Phosphonium compound (1) [above]: 0.055 parts. Aburakazai benzyl - dimethyl - octylammonium, PF 6 salt: 0.018 parts Oil-sensitizing agent ammonium group-containing polymer (1) [the]: 0.035 parts fluorine-containing surfactant (1) [the]: 0.008 parts 2-Butanone 1.091 parts 1-Methoxy-2-propanol: 8.609 parts
<ミクロゲル液>
・ミクロゲル(1)〔上記〕:2.640部
・蒸留水:2.425部
<Microgel solution>
Microgel (1) [above]: 2.640 parts Distilled water: 2.425 parts
 上記感光液(2)に用いた連鎖移動剤(S-1)の構造を以下に示す。 The structure of the chain transfer agent (S-1) used in the photosensitive solution (2) is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
3.平版印刷版原版Cの作製
 上記平版印刷版原版Aの作製において、上記画像記録層塗布液(1)の代りに、下記組成の画像記録層塗布液(3)をバー塗布し、70℃で60秒間オーブン乾燥して、乾燥塗布量0.6g/mの画像記録層を形成して平版印刷版原版Cを作製した。平版印刷版原版Cは保護層を有さない平版印刷版原版である。各平版印刷版原版の作製において使用した支持体、画像記録層塗布液(3)中の化合物D又は比較用化合物を表1にまとめて記載する。
3. Preparation of lithographic printing plate precursor C In preparation of the lithographic printing plate precursor A, an image recording layer coating liquid (3) having the following composition was bar-coated instead of the image recording layer coating liquid (1), and 60 ° C. at 60 ° C. The plate was subjected to oven drying for 2 seconds to form an image recording layer having a dry coating amount of 0.6 g / m 2 to prepare a lithographic printing plate precursor C. The lithographic printing plate precursor C is a lithographic printing plate precursor having no protective layer. Table 1 summarizes the support used in the preparation of each lithographic printing plate precursor, the compound D or the comparative compound in the image recording layer coating solution (3).
<画像記録層塗布液(3)>
・表1記載の化合物D又は比較用化合物:0.046部
・重合開始剤(1)〔上記〕:0.245部
・ボレート化合物 TPB〔上記〕:0.010部
・ポリマー粒子水分散液(1)(22質量%)〔下記〕:10.0部
・重合性化合物 SR-399(サートマー社製):1.50部
・メルカプト-3-トリアゾール:0.2部
・Byk 336(Byk Chemie社製):0.4部
・Klucel M(Hercules社製):4.8部
・ELVACITE 4026(Ineos Acrylics社製):2.5部
・n-プロパノール:55.0部
・2-ブタノン:17.0部
<Image recording layer coating solution (3)>
Compound D or comparative compound described in Table 1: 0.046 part Polymerization initiator (1) [above]: 0.245 part Borate compound TPB [above]: 0.010 part Polymer particle aqueous dispersion ( 1) (22% by mass) [below]: 10.0 parts, polymerizable compound SR-399 (manufactured by Sartomer): 1.50 parts, mercapto-3-triazole: 0.2 parts, Byk 336 (Byk Chemie) 0.4 parts) Klucel M (Hercules): 4.8 parts ELVACITE 4026 (Ineos Acrylics): 2.5 parts n-propanol: 55.0 parts 2-butanone: 17. 0 copies
 上記画像記録層塗布液(3)に用いた商品名で記載の化合物は下記の通りである。
・SR-399:ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート
・Byk 336:変性ジメチルポリシロキサン共重合体(25質量%キシレン/メトキシプロピルアセテート溶液)
・Klucel M:ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース(2質量%水溶液)
・ELVACITE 4026:高分岐ポリメチルメタクリレート(10質量%2-ブタノン溶液)
The compounds described by trade names used in the image recording layer coating solution (3) are as follows.
SR-399: Dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate Byk 336: Modified dimethylpolysiloxane copolymer (25% by mass xylene / methoxypropyl acetate solution)
・ Klucel M: Hydroxypropyl cellulose (2% by mass aqueous solution)
ELVACITE 4026: Hyperbranched polymethyl methacrylate (10% by mass 2-butanone solution)
 上記画像記録層塗布液(3)に用いたポリマー粒子水分散液(1)の調製法を以下に示す。 The preparation method of the polymer particle aqueous dispersion (1) used in the image recording layer coating liquid (3) is shown below.
<ポリマー粒子水分散液(1)の調製>
 4つ口フラスコに撹拌機、温度計、滴下ロート、窒素導入管、還流冷却器を施し、窒素ガスを導入して脱酸素を行いつつ、ポリエチレングリコールメチルエーテルメタクリレート(PEGMA、エチレングリコールの平均繰返し単位数:50)10部、蒸留水200部及びn-プロパノール200部を加えて内温が70℃となるまで加熱した。次に、予め混合されたスチレン(St)10部、アクリロニトリル(AN)80部及び2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル0.8部の混合物を1時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後5時間そのまま反応を続けた後、2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル0.4部を添加し、内温を80℃まで上昇させた。続いて、0.5部の2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリルを6時間かけて添加した。合計で20時間反応させた段階でポリマー化は98%以上進行しており、質量比でPEGMA/St/AN=10/10/80のポリマー粒子水分散液(1)を調製した。ポリマー粒子の粒径分布は、粒子径150nmに極大値を有していた。
<Preparation of polymer particle aqueous dispersion (1)>
A four-necked flask is equipped with a stirrer, thermometer, dropping funnel, nitrogen inlet tube, reflux condenser, and introduced with nitrogen gas, deoxygenated, and polyethylene glycol methyl ether methacrylate (PEGMA, average repeating unit of ethylene glycol) Number: 50) 10 parts, 200 parts of distilled water and 200 parts of n-propanol were added and heated until the internal temperature reached 70 ° C. Next, a premixed mixture of 10 parts of styrene (St), 80 parts of acrylonitrile (AN) and 0.8 part of 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile was added dropwise over 1 hour. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued as it was for 5 hours, and then 0.4 part of 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile was added and the internal temperature was raised to 80 ° C. Subsequently, 0.5 part of 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile was added over 6 hours. Polymerization progressed 98% or more at the stage of reaction for a total of 20 hours, and an aqueous polymer particle dispersion (1) having a mass ratio of PEGMA / St / AN = 10/10/80 was prepared. The particle size distribution of the polymer particles had a maximum value at a particle size of 150 nm.
 粒径分布は、ポリマー粒子の電子顕微鏡写真を撮影し、写真上で微粒子の粒径を総計で5,000個測定し、得られた粒径測定値の最大値から0の間を対数目盛で50分割して各粒径の出現頻度をプロットして求めた。なお非球形粒子については写真上の粒子面積と同一の粒子面積を持つ球形粒子の粒径値を粒径とした。 The particle size distribution is obtained by taking an electron micrograph of polymer particles, measuring the total particle size of 5,000 particles on the photo, and using a logarithmic scale between the maximum value of the obtained particle size measurement value and zero. The frequency of appearance of each particle size was plotted by dividing it into 50 and determined. For non-spherical particles, the particle size of spherical particles having the same particle area as that on the photograph was used as the particle size.
4.平版印刷版原版Dの作製
 上記平版印刷版原版Aの作製において、上記画像記録層塗布液(1)の代りに、塗布後の組成が下記となる画像記録層塗布水溶液(4)をバー塗布し、50℃で60秒間オーブン乾燥して、乾燥塗布量0.93g/mの画像記録層を形成して平版印刷版原版Dを作製した。平版印刷版原版Dは保護層を有さない平版印刷版原版である。各平版印刷版原版の作製において使用した支持体、画像記録層塗布液(4)中の化合物D又は比較用化合物を表1にまとめて記載する。
4). Preparation of lithographic printing plate precursor D In preparation of the lithographic printing plate precursor A, an image recording layer coating aqueous solution (4) having the following composition after coating was applied by bar instead of the image recording layer coating liquid (1). Then, it was oven dried at 50 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an image recording layer having a dry coating amount of 0.93 g / m 2 to prepare a lithographic printing plate precursor D. The lithographic printing plate precursor D is a lithographic printing plate precursor having no protective layer. The support used in the preparation of each lithographic printing plate precursor, the compound D or the comparative compound in the image recording layer coating solution (4) are collectively shown in Table 1.
<画像記録層塗布液(4)>
・表1記載の化合物D又は比較用化合物:0.038g/m
・ボレート化合物 TPB〔上記〕:0.01g/m
・ポリマー粒子水分散液(2):0.693g/m
・Glascol E15(Allied Colloids Manufacturing社製):0.09g/m
・ERKOL WX48/20(ERKOL社製):0.09g/m
・Zonyl FSO100(DuPont社製):0.0075g/m
<Image recording layer coating solution (4)>
Compound D shown in Table 1 or comparative compound: 0.038 g / m 2
Borate compound TPB [above]: 0.01 g / m 2
-Polymer particle aqueous dispersion (2): 0.693 g / m 2
-Glascol E15 (manufactured by Allied Colloids Manufacturing): 0.09 g / m 2
・ ERKOL WX48 / 20 (manufactured by ERKOL): 0.09 g / m 2
・ Zonyl FSO100 (manufactured by DuPont): 0.0075 g / m 2
 上記画像記録層塗布水溶液(4)用いた商品名で記載の化合物及びポリマー粒子水分散液(2)は下記の通りである。
・Glascol E15:ポリアクリル酸
・ERKOL WX48/20:ポリビニルアルコール/ポリ酢酸ビニル共重合体
・Zonyl FSO100:界面活性剤
・ポリマー粒子水分散液(2):アニオン性湿潤剤で安定化されたスチレン/アクリロニトリル共重合体(モル比50/50、平均粒子径61nm、固形分約20質量%)
The compound described in the trade name and the polymer particle aqueous dispersion (2) used in the image recording layer coating aqueous solution (4) are as follows.
-Glascol E15: Polyacrylic acid-ERKOL WX48 / 20: Polyvinyl alcohol / polyvinyl acetate copolymer-Zonyl FSO100: Surfactant-Polymer particle water dispersion (2): Styrene stabilized with an anionic wetting agent / Acrylonitrile copolymer (molar ratio 50/50, average particle size 61 nm, solid content about 20% by mass)
5.平版印刷版原版の評価
 上記各平版印刷版原版について、発色性、機上現像性、及び、耐刷性を以下のようにして評価した。評価結果を表1に示す。
5). Evaluation of lithographic printing plate precursor Each of the above lithographic printing plate precursors was evaluated for color developability, on-press developability, and printing durability as follows. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
(1)発色性
 平版印刷版原版を、水冷式40W赤外線半導体レーザー搭載のCreo社製Trendsetter3244VXにより、出力11.7W、外面ドラム回転数250rpm、解像度2,400dpi(dot per inch、1inch=25.4mm)の条件で露光した。露光は25℃、50%RHの環境下で行った。
 露光直後、及び、露光後暗所(25℃)で2時間保存後、平版印刷版原版の発色を測定した。測定は、コニカミノルタ(株)製分光測色計CM2600dとオペレーションソフトCM-S100Wとを用い、SCE(正反射光除去)方式で行った。発色性は、L表色系のL値(明度)を用い、露光部のL値と未露光部のL値との差ΔLにより評価した。ΔLの値が大きい程、発色性が優れる。
(1) Color developability The lithographic printing plate precursor was output by a Trend setter 3244VX manufactured by Creo with a water-cooled 40 W infrared semiconductor laser. The output was 11.7 W, the outer drum rotation speed was 250 rpm, the resolution was 2,400 dpi (dot per inch, 1 inch = 25.4 mm ). The exposure was performed in an environment of 25 ° C. and 50% RH.
The color development of the lithographic printing plate precursor was measured immediately after exposure and after storage for 2 hours in a dark place (25 ° C.) after exposure. The measurement was performed by the SCE (regular reflection light removal) method using a spectrocolorimeter CM2600d manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd. and operation software CM-S100W. The color developability was evaluated by the difference ΔL between the L * value of the exposed area and the L * value of the unexposed area using the L * value (brightness) of the L * a * b * color system. The larger the value of ΔL, the better the color developability.
(2)機上現像性
 平版印刷版原版を赤外線半導体レーザー搭載の富士フイルム(株)製Luxel PLATESETTER T-6000IIIにより、外面ドラム回転数1,000rpm、レーザー出力70%、解像度2,400dpiの条件で露光した。露光画像にはベタ画像及び20μmドットFMスクリーンの50%網点チャートを含むようにした。
 露光された平版印刷版原版を現像処理することなく、(株)小森コーポレーション製印刷機LITHRONE26の版胴に取り付けた。Ecolity-2(富士フイルム(株)製)/水道水=2/98(容量比)の湿し水とValues-G(N)墨インキ(DICグラフィックス(株)製)とを用い、LITHRONE26の標準自動印刷スタート方法で湿し水とインキとを供給し、毎時10,000枚の印刷速度で、特菱アート紙(坪量76.5kg)(三菱製紙(株)製)に100枚印刷を行った。
 印刷機上で画像記録層の未露光部の機上現像が完了し、非画像部にインキが転写しない状態になるまでに要した印刷用紙の枚数を計測し、機上現像性として評価した。枚数が少ない程、機上現像性が良好である。
(2) On-machine developability The lithographic printing plate precursor was subjected to an external drum rotation speed of 1,000 rpm, a laser output of 70%, and a resolution of 2,400 dpi using a Luxel PLANETTER T-6000III equipped with an infrared semiconductor laser. Exposed. The exposure image included a solid image and a 50% halftone dot chart of a 20 μm dot FM screen.
The exposed lithographic printing plate precursor was mounted on the plate cylinder of a printing machine LITHRONE 26 manufactured by Komori Corporation without developing. Using liter-2 (made by Fujifilm Co., Ltd.) / Tap water = 2/98 (volume ratio) dampening water and Values-G (N) ink (made by DIC Graphics Co., Ltd.) Dampening water and ink are supplied by the standard automatic printing start method, and 100 sheets are printed on Tokishi Art Paper (basis weight 76.5kg) (Mitsubishi Paper Co., Ltd.) at a printing speed of 10,000 sheets per hour. went.
The on-machine development of the unexposed part of the image recording layer on the printing machine was completed, and the number of printing sheets required until the ink was not transferred to the non-image part was measured and evaluated as on-machine developability. The smaller the number, the better the on-press developability.
(3)耐刷性
 上記機上現像性の評価を行った後、更に印刷を続けた。印刷枚数の増加に伴い徐々に画像記録層が磨耗するため印刷物上のインキ濃度が低下した。印刷物におけるFMスクリーン50%網点の網点面積率をグレタグ濃度計で測定した値が印刷100枚目の測定値よりも5%低下するまでの印刷枚数を計測した。印刷枚数が5万枚の場合を100とする相対耐刷性により評価した。数値が大きい程、耐刷性が良好である。
 相対耐刷性=(対象平版印刷版原版から作製した平版印刷版の印刷枚数)/50,000×100
(3) Printing durability After the on-press developability was evaluated, printing was further continued. As the number of printed sheets increased, the image recording layer gradually worn out, so that the ink density on the printed material decreased. The number of printed sheets was measured until the value obtained by measuring the dot area ratio of the 50% halftone dot of the FM screen in the printed matter with a Gretag densitometer was 5% lower than the measured value of the 100th printed sheet. Evaluation was made based on the relative printing durability when the number of printed sheets was 50,000. The larger the value, the better the printing durability.
Relative printing durability = (number of lithographic printing plates produced from the target lithographic printing plate precursor) / 50,000 × 100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000073
 表1に記載の結果から、本開示に係る化合物を含有する画像記録層を有する平版印刷版原版は、比較用化合物を含有する比較例の平版印刷版原版に比べて、発色性が優れていることが明らかである。更に、本開示に係る化合物を含有する画像記録層を有する平版印刷版原版は、機上現像性、及び、耐刷性のいずれも良好であることがわかる。 From the results shown in Table 1, the lithographic printing plate precursor having the image recording layer containing the compound according to the present disclosure is superior in color developability as compared with the lithographic printing plate precursor of the comparative example containing the comparative compound. It is clear. Furthermore, it can be seen that the lithographic printing plate precursor having the image recording layer containing the compound according to the present disclosure has good on-press developability and printing durability.
 2016年8月29日に出願された日本国特許出願第2016-166950号の開示は、その全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。
 本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、及び、技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、及び、技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書中に参照により取り込まれる。
The disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-166950 filed on August 29, 2016 is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
All documents, patent applications, and technical standards described in this specification are the same as if each document, patent application, and technical standard were specifically and individually stated to be incorporated by reference. Which is incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (13)

  1.  下記式1で表される化合物を含む
     発色組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     式1中、Aは窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子よりなる群から選ばれた原子を少なくとも1つ含む環構造を表し、AはN、O又はSを含む環構造を表し、Xはそれぞれ独立に、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表し、Xのうち少なくとも1つは窒素原子であり、Xが窒素原子である場合、前記窒素原子に結合するR、R又はRは存在しないものとし、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基又はイミノ基を表し、2以上のR~Rは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、1以上のR~RとA又はAとは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nは1~6の整数を表し、Zは電荷を中和するための対イオンを表す。
    A coloring composition comprising a compound represented by the following formula 1.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In Formula 1, A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, A + represents a ring structure containing N + , O + or S + , Each X independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and at least one of X is a nitrogen atom, and when X is a nitrogen atom, R 1 , R 2 or R 3 bonded to the nitrogen atom is present R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, the 2 or more of R 1 ~ R 3 may form a ring structure, one or more of R 1 R 3 and A or A + and may form a ring structure, n is an integer of 1 ~ 6, Z represents a counter ion for neutralizing a charge.
  2.  前記式1で表される化合物が、下記式2で表される化合物である請求項1に記載の発色組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     式2中、Aは窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子よりなる群から選ばれた原子を少なくとも1つ含む環構造を表し、ArはN、O又はSを含む環構造を表し、Lは-CH-、-CHR-、-C(R-、-NR-、-O-又は-S-を表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基又はイミノ基を表し、2以上のR~Rは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、1以上のR~RとA、L又はArとは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nは1~6の整数を表し、Zは電荷を中和するための対イオンを表す。
    The coloring composition according to claim 1, wherein the compound represented by Formula 1 is a compound represented by Formula 2 below.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In Formula 2, A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, Ar represents a ring structure containing N + , O + or S + , and L Represents —CH 2 —, —CHR a —, —C (R a ) 2 —, —NR a —, —O— or —S—, each R a independently represents a hydrocarbon group, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group, urethane Represents a group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, and two or more R 1 to R 3 may combine to form a ring structure and one or more R 1 to R 3 and A, L or Combines with Ar to form a ring structure N represents an integer of 1 to 6, and Z represents a counter ion for neutralizing the electric charge.
  3.  前記式1で表される化合物が、下記式3で表される化合物である請求項1又は請求項2に記載の発色組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     式3中、Aは窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子よりなる群から選ばれた原子を少なくとも1つ含む環構造を表し、2つのAのうち一方はNを表し、他方は炭素原子を表し、Lは-CH-、-CHR-、-C(R-、-NR-、-O-又は-S-を表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基又はイミノ基を表し、2以上のR~Rは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、1以上のR~RとA、L又は1以上のR~Rとは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基、イミノ基、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基又はリン酸基を表し、2以上のR~Rは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nは1~6の整数を表し、Zは電荷を中和するための対イオンを表す。
    The coloring composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the compound represented by Formula 1 is a compound represented by Formula 3 below.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    In Formula 3, A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, one of the two A 1 represents N + , and the other represents a carbon atom. L represents —CH 2 —, —CHR a —, —C (R a ) 2 —, —NR a —, —O— or —S—, and each R a independently represents a hydrocarbon group. , R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group Represents a group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, and two or more R 1 to R 3 may combine to form a ring structure, and one or more of R 1 to R 3 and A , L or one or more R 4 to R 7 may combine with each other to form a ring structure, and R 4 to R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an acyl group, Represents a hydroxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group, an imino group, a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group, and two or more R 4 to R 7 May combine to form a ring structure, n represents an integer of 1 to 6, and Z represents a counter ion for neutralizing the charge.
  4.  前記式1で表される化合物が、下記式4で表される化合物である請求項1~請求項3のいずれか1項に記載の発色組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

     式4中、Aは窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子よりなる群から選ばれた原子を少なくとも1つ含む環構造を表し、2つのAのうち一方はNを表し、他方は炭素原子を表し、Lは-CH-、-CHR-、-C(R-、-NR-、-O-又は-S-を表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、R~R14はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基、イミノ基、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基又はリン酸基を表し、2以上のR~R14は結合して環構造を形成してもよく、1以上のR~R14とA又はLとは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Zは電荷を中和するための対イオンを表す。
    The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the compound represented by the formula 1 is a compound represented by the following formula 4.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    In Formula 4, A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, one of the two A 1 represents N + , and the other represents a carbon atom. L represents —CH 2 —, —CHR a —, —C (R a ) 2 —, —NR a —, —O— or —S—, and each R a independently represents a hydrocarbon group. R 4 to R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, amino group, urethane Group, urea group, amide group, nitrile group, imino group, carboxylic acid group, sulfonic acid group or phosphoric acid group, and two or more R 4 to R 14 may be bonded to form a ring structure. or more of R 4 ~ 14 and the A or L may form a ring structure, Z is a counter ion for neutralizing a charge.
  5.  前記R10と前記R12とが結合して環構造を形成している請求項4に記載の発色組成物。 The color forming composition according to claim 4, wherein R 10 and R 12 are bonded to form a ring structure.
  6.  前記R~Rの少なくとも1つが、下記式5で表される基である請求項1~請求項3のいずれか1項に記載の発色組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

     式5中、R15は炭化水素基を表し、R16はそれぞれ独立に、下記式6で表される基、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基、又は、イミノ基を表し、R16のうち、少なくとも1つは下記式6で表される基である。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

     式6中、*は式5におけるピリジニウム環との連結位置を表し、**は式1~式4におけるポリメチン鎖との連結位置を表し、Lは単結合、又は、炭素数1~10の二価の炭化水素基を表し、前記二価の炭化水素基におけるメチレン基は一部、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、カルボニル結合、エステル結合、アミノ結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、アミド結合、及び、イミノ結合よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構造に置き換わってもよい。
    The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3 , wherein at least one of R 1 to R 3 is a group represented by the following formula 5.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    In Formula 5, R 15 represents a hydrocarbon group, and R 16 each independently represents a group represented by the following Formula 6, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group Represents an acyl group, a hydroxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group, or an imino group, and at least one of R 16 is represented by the following formula 6. Group.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    In Formula 6, * represents a connecting position with the pyridinium ring in Formula 5, ** represents a connecting position with the polymethine chain in Formula 1 to Formula 4, and L 1 is a single bond or a carbon number of 1 to 10 Represents a divalent hydrocarbon group, and the methylene group in the divalent hydrocarbon group is partly an ether bond, thioether bond, carbonyl bond, ester bond, amino bond, urethane bond, urea bond, amide bond, and imino. It may be replaced with at least one structure selected from the group consisting of bonds.
  7.  前記R11が、下記式5で表される基である請求項4に記載の発色組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

     式5中、R15は炭化水素基を表し、R16はそれぞれ独立に、下記式6で表される基、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基、又は、イミノ基を表し、R16のうち、少なくとも1つは下記式6で表される基である。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

     式6中、*は式5におけるピリジニウム環との連結位置を表し、**は式1~式4におけるポリメチン鎖との連結位置を表し、Lは単結合、又は、炭素数1~10の二価の炭化水素基を表し、前記二価の炭化水素基におけるメチレン基は一部、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、カルボニル結合、エステル結合、アミノ結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、アミド結合、及び、イミノ結合よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構造に置き換わってもよい。
    The color forming composition according to claim 4, wherein R 11 is a group represented by the following formula 5.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

    In Formula 5, R 15 represents a hydrocarbon group, and R 16 each independently represents a group represented by the following Formula 6, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group Represents an acyl group, a hydroxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group, or an imino group, and at least one of R 16 is represented by the following formula 6. Group.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

    In Formula 6, * represents a connecting position with the pyridinium ring in Formula 5, ** represents a connecting position with the polymethine chain in Formula 1 to Formula 4, and L 1 is a single bond or a carbon number of 1 to 10 Represents a divalent hydrocarbon group, and the methylene group in the divalent hydrocarbon group is partly an ether bond, thioether bond, carbonyl bond, ester bond, amino bond, urethane bond, urea bond, amide bond, and imino. It may be replaced with at least one structure selected from the group consisting of bonds.
  8.  ポリマーを更に含む請求項1~請求項7のいずれか1項に記載の発色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising a polymer.
  9.  重合開始剤、及び、重合性化合物を更に含む請求項1~請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の発色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, further comprising a polymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound.
  10.  赤外線照射により硬化する硬化性組成物である請求項8又は請求項9に記載の発色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 8 or 9, which is a curable composition cured by infrared irradiation.
  11.  支持体上に、請求項1~請求項10のいずれか1項に記載の発色組成物を含む層を少なくとも1つ有する平版印刷版原版。 A lithographic printing plate precursor having at least one layer containing the color forming composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10 on a support.
  12.  請求項11に記載の平版印刷版原版に赤外線を照射する工程、
     赤外線を照射した前記平版印刷版を印刷機上で印刷インキ及び湿し水よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1つを供給して機上現像する工程、
    を含む平版印刷版の作製方法。
    Irradiating the planographic printing plate precursor according to claim 11 with infrared rays;
    Supplying the at least one selected from the group consisting of printing ink and fountain solution on a printing press to develop the lithographic printing plate irradiated with infrared rays on the press;
    A method for producing a lithographic printing plate comprising
  13.  下記式1で表される化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

     式1中、Aは窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子よりなる群から選ばれた原子を少なくとも1つ含む環構造を表し、AはN、O又はSを含む環構造を表し、Xはそれぞれ独立に、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表し、Xのうち少なくとも1つは窒素原子であり、Xが窒素原子である場合、前記窒素原子に結合するR、R又はRは存在しないものとし、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、アミド基、ニトリル基又はイミノ基を表し、2以上のR~Rは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、1以上のR~RとA又はAとは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nは1~6の整数を表し、Zは電荷を中和するための対イオンを表す。
    A compound represented by the following formula 1.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

    In Formula 1, A represents a ring structure containing at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, A + represents a ring structure containing N + , O + or S + , Each X independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and at least one of X is a nitrogen atom, and when X is a nitrogen atom, R 1 , R 2 or R 3 bonded to the nitrogen atom is present R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, an amino group, a urethane group, a urea group, an amide group, a nitrile group or an imino group, the 2 or more of R 1 ~ R 3 may form a ring structure, one or more of R 1 R 3 and A or A + and may form a ring structure, n is an integer of 1 ~ 6, Z represents a counter ion for neutralizing a charge.
PCT/JP2017/029546 2016-08-29 2017-08-17 Colorant composition, planographic printing master plate, method of manufacturing planographic printing plate, and compound WO2018043150A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016166950A JP2019194274A (en) 2016-08-29 2016-08-29 Color-developing composition, lithographic printing plate original plate, method for making lithographic printing plate, and compound
JP2016-166950 2016-08-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018043150A1 true WO2018043150A1 (en) 2018-03-08

Family

ID=61300736

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/029546 WO2018043150A1 (en) 2016-08-29 2017-08-17 Colorant composition, planographic printing master plate, method of manufacturing planographic printing plate, and compound

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2019194274A (en)
WO (1) WO2018043150A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020090995A1 (en) * 2018-10-31 2020-05-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Lithographic printing plate original plate, method for producing lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing method
CN112930266A (en) * 2018-10-31 2021-06-08 富士胶片株式会社 Lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
CN113165410A (en) * 2018-10-31 2021-07-23 富士胶片株式会社 Lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003034696A (en) * 2001-07-19 2003-02-07 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Fluorescent nucleotide and labeling method using the same
JP2003034697A (en) * 2001-07-19 2003-02-07 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Fluorescent nucleotide and labeling method using the same
JP2005145819A (en) * 2003-11-11 2005-06-09 Konica Minolta Medical & Graphic Inc Fluorescent contrast medium and method for in vitro fluorescence imaging
JP2011213114A (en) * 2010-03-19 2011-10-27 Fujifilm Corp Color developing photosensitive composition, lithographic printing original plate and method for producing the same
JP2016506420A (en) * 2012-10-24 2016-03-03 ベクトン・ディキンソン・アンド・カンパニーBecton, Dickinson And Company Hydroxamate substituted azaindoline-cyanine dye and bioconjugate thereof

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003034696A (en) * 2001-07-19 2003-02-07 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Fluorescent nucleotide and labeling method using the same
JP2003034697A (en) * 2001-07-19 2003-02-07 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Fluorescent nucleotide and labeling method using the same
JP2005145819A (en) * 2003-11-11 2005-06-09 Konica Minolta Medical & Graphic Inc Fluorescent contrast medium and method for in vitro fluorescence imaging
JP2011213114A (en) * 2010-03-19 2011-10-27 Fujifilm Corp Color developing photosensitive composition, lithographic printing original plate and method for producing the same
JP2016506420A (en) * 2012-10-24 2016-03-03 ベクトン・ディキンソン・アンド・カンパニーBecton, Dickinson And Company Hydroxamate substituted azaindoline-cyanine dye and bioconjugate thereof

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020090995A1 (en) * 2018-10-31 2020-05-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Lithographic printing plate original plate, method for producing lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing method
CN112930266A (en) * 2018-10-31 2021-06-08 富士胶片株式会社 Lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
CN113165410A (en) * 2018-10-31 2021-07-23 富士胶片株式会社 Lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
CN112930266B (en) * 2018-10-31 2023-02-28 富士胶片株式会社 Lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
CN113165410B (en) * 2018-10-31 2023-09-26 富士胶片株式会社 Lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2019194274A (en) 2019-11-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6865757B2 (en) Color development composition, lithographic printing plate original plate, lithographic printing plate preparation method, and compounds
JP6285036B2 (en) Coloring composition, lithographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing plate making method, and color former
JP6785295B2 (en) Color-developing composition, lithographic printing plate original plate, lithographic printing plate preparation method, and color-developing compound
JP6832427B2 (en) How to make a lithographic printing plate original plate and a lithographic printing plate
JP5828045B2 (en) Planographic printing plate precursor and plate making method
JP5277039B2 (en) Planographic printing plate precursor and plate making method
JP5789448B2 (en) Planographic printing plate precursor and plate making method
JP6271594B2 (en) Infrared photosensitive coloring composition, lithographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing plate making method, and infrared photosensitive coloring agent
JP5899371B2 (en) Infrared photosensitive coloring composition, infrared curable coloring composition, lithographic printing plate precursor and plate making method
JP6832431B2 (en) Planographic printing plate original plate, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and color-developing composition
JP5651554B2 (en) On-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor and plate making method using the same
WO2018043260A1 (en) Curable composition, original plate for lithographic printing plates, and method for manufacturing lithographic printing plate
WO2018043150A1 (en) Colorant composition, planographic printing master plate, method of manufacturing planographic printing plate, and compound
JP6608093B2 (en) On-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor and lithographic printing plate preparation method
JP2013199089A (en) Infrared color-developing curable composition, lithographic printing plate original plate and plate making method
JP5771738B2 (en) Color-forming composition, color-forming curable composition, lithographic printing plate precursor and plate making method, and color-forming compound
JP2012176606A (en) Lithographic printing original plate and method for producing the same
WO2020158139A1 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor, method for manufacturing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
JP2017013318A (en) Planographic printing original plate and method for producing planographic printing plate
WO2016121667A1 (en) Coloring composition, lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and coloring agent
JP2017047564A (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor and plate-making method of lithographic printing plate
JP2015186841A (en) Infrared photosensitive color-developing composition, lithographic printing plate original plate, method of making lithographic printing plate, color-developing matter formation method, image formation method, and color development agent
JP2012071557A (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing method, and organic clay composite
JP7064595B2 (en) Machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate, lithographic printing plate manufacturing method, and lithographic printing method
WO2015064331A1 (en) Color-developing composition, and lithographic printing plate precursor and method for manufacturing same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17846158

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17846158

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP